1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
8 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
9 <mark@codesourcery.com>
10 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
11 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
13 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
15 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
16 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
17 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
18 (at your option) any later version.
20 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
21 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
22 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
23 GNU General Public License for more details.
25 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
26 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
27 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
28 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
31 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
36 #include "libiberty.h"
38 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
40 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
42 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
44 #include "coff/symconst.h"
45 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
46 #include "coff/mips.h"
50 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
51 There are three types of entry:
53 (1) absolute addresses
55 (2) SYMBOL + OFFSET addresses, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
56 (abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0)
57 (3) SYMBOL addresses, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
58 (abfd != NULL, symndx == -1)
60 Type (3) entries are treated differently for different types of GOT.
61 In the "master" GOT -- i.e. the one that describes every GOT
62 reference needed in the link -- the mips_got_entry is keyed on both
63 the symbol and the input bfd that references it. If it turns out
64 that we need multiple GOTs, we can then use this information to
65 create separate GOTs for each input bfd.
67 However, we want each of these separate GOTs to have at most one
68 entry for a given symbol, so their type (3) entries are keyed only
69 on the symbol. The input bfd given by the "abfd" field is somewhat
70 arbitrary in this case.
72 This means that when there are multiple GOTs, each GOT has a unique
73 mips_got_entry for every symbol within it. We can therefore use the
74 mips_got_entry fields (tls_type and gotidx) to track the symbol's
77 However, if it turns out that we need only a single GOT, we continue
78 to use the master GOT to describe it. There may therefore be several
79 mips_got_entries for the same symbol, each with a different input bfd.
80 We want to make sure that each symbol gets a unique GOT entry, so when
81 there's a single GOT, we use the symbol's hash entry, not the
82 mips_got_entry fields, to track a symbol's GOT index. */
85 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
87 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
88 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
92 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
94 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
95 that should be added to the symbol value. */
97 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
98 corresponding to symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
99 is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
100 otherwise it is in the global area. */
101 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
104 /* The TLS types included in this GOT entry (specifically, GD and
105 IE). The GD and IE flags can be added as we encounter new
106 relocations. LDM can also be set; it will always be alone, not
107 combined with any GD or IE flags. An LDM GOT entry will be
108 a local symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
109 unsigned char tls_type;
111 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
112 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
113 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
117 /* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
118 The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
120 struct mips_got_page_range
122 struct mips_got_page_range *next;
123 bfd_signed_vma min_addend;
124 bfd_signed_vma max_addend;
127 /* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
128 relocations against a given symbol. */
129 struct mips_got_page_entry
131 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
133 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info. */
135 /* The ranges for this page entry. */
136 struct mips_got_page_range *ranges;
137 /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
141 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
145 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
147 struct elf_link_hash_entry *global_gotsym;
148 /* The number of global .got entries. */
149 unsigned int global_gotno;
150 /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
151 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno;
152 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
153 unsigned int tls_gotno;
154 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
155 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
156 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno;
157 /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
158 unsigned int local_gotno;
159 /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
160 unsigned int page_gotno;
161 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
162 unsigned int assigned_gotno;
163 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
164 struct htab *got_entries;
165 /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
166 struct htab *got_page_entries;
167 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
168 unless multi-got was necessary. */
169 struct htab *bfd2got;
170 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
171 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
172 struct mips_got_info *next;
173 /* This is the GOT index of the TLS LDM entry for the GOT, MINUS_ONE
174 for none, or MINUS_TWO for not yet assigned. This is needed
175 because a single-GOT link may have multiple hash table entries
176 for the LDM. It does not get initialized in multi-GOT mode. */
177 bfd_vma tls_ldm_offset;
180 /* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
182 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
185 struct mips_got_info *g;
188 /* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
189 create and merge bfd's gots. */
191 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
193 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */
195 /* The output bfd. */
197 /* The link information. */
198 struct bfd_link_info *info;
199 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
200 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
202 struct mips_got_info *primary;
203 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
205 struct mips_got_info *current;
206 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
208 unsigned int max_count;
209 /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
210 unsigned int max_pages;
211 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
212 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
213 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
215 unsigned int global_count;
218 /* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */
220 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
222 struct mips_got_info *g;
224 unsigned int needed_relocs;
225 struct bfd_link_info *info;
228 /* A structure used to count TLS relocations or GOT entries, for GOT
229 entry or ELF symbol table traversal. */
231 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
233 struct bfd_link_info *info;
237 struct _mips_elf_section_data
239 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf;
246 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
247 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
249 #define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
250 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
251 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
252 && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
254 /* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
255 a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
256 linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
257 contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
258 (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
259 like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
261 GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
262 GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
263 GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
264 the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
265 accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
268 These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
269 values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
270 values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
272 #define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
275 /* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
276 two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
279 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
281 immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
285 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
287 to a separate trampoline section.
289 Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
290 target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
291 pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
292 struct mips_elf_la25_stub {
293 /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
294 asection *stub_section;
296 /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
299 /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
300 in H->root.root.u.def. */
301 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
304 /* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
306 #define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
307 #define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
308 #define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
309 #define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
310 (0x41b90000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
311 #define LA25_J_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
312 (0xd4000000 | (((VAL) >> 1) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
313 #define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
314 (0x33390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
316 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
317 the dynamic symbols. */
319 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
321 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
323 struct elf_link_hash_entry *low;
324 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
325 symbol with a GOT entry. */
326 long min_got_dynindx;
327 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
328 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
329 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
330 long max_unref_got_dynindx;
331 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
332 symbol without a GOT entry. */
333 long max_non_got_dynindx;
336 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
337 the global hash table. */
339 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
341 struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
343 /* External symbol information. */
346 /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
347 struct mips_elf_la25_stub *la25_stub;
349 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
351 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs;
353 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
354 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
357 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
358 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
361 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
362 being called returns a floating point value. */
363 asection *call_fp_stub;
367 #define GOT_TLS_LDM 2
369 #define GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE 0x40
370 #define GOT_TLS_DONE 0x80
371 unsigned char tls_type;
373 /* This is only used in single-GOT mode; in multi-GOT mode there
374 is one mips_got_entry per GOT entry, so the offset is stored
375 there. In single-GOT mode there may be many mips_got_entry
376 structures all referring to the same GOT slot. It might be
377 possible to use root.got.offset instead, but that field is
378 overloaded already. */
379 bfd_vma tls_got_offset;
381 /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
382 unsigned int global_got_area : 2;
384 /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
385 a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
386 non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
387 unsigned int got_only_for_calls : 1;
389 /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
390 is against a readonly section. */
391 unsigned int readonly_reloc : 1;
393 /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
394 resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
395 cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
396 unsigned int has_static_relocs : 1;
398 /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
399 This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
400 taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
401 See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
402 unsigned int no_fn_stub : 1;
404 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
405 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
406 unsigned int need_fn_stub : 1;
408 /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
409 any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
410 la25 stub is required. */
411 unsigned int has_nonpic_branches : 1;
413 /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
414 (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
415 unsigned int needs_lazy_stub : 1;
418 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
420 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
422 struct elf_link_hash_table root;
424 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
425 bfd_size_type procedure_count;
427 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
428 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size;
430 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic entry
431 is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5 and IRIX6. */
432 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head;
434 /* The __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
435 struct elf_link_hash_entry *rld_symbol;
437 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
438 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen;
440 /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
441 bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs;
443 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
444 bfd_boolean is_vxworks;
446 /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
447 bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported;
449 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
460 /* The master GOT information. */
461 struct mips_got_info *got_info;
463 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
464 bfd_vma plt_header_size;
466 /* The size of a PLT entry in bytes. */
467 bfd_vma plt_entry_size;
469 /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
470 bfd_vma lazy_stub_count;
472 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
473 bfd_vma function_stub_size;
475 /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
476 unsigned int reserved_gotno;
478 /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
479 See the comment above that structure for details. */
480 asection *strampoline;
482 /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
486 /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
487 called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
488 the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
489 should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
491 The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
493 asection *(*add_stub_section) (const char *, asection *, asection *);
496 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
498 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
499 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
500 == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
502 /* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
503 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
505 /* The usual link-wide information. */
506 struct bfd_link_info *info;
509 /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
513 /* MIPS ELF private object data. */
515 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
517 /* Generic ELF private object data. */
518 struct elf_obj_tdata root;
520 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attribute for output. */
524 /* Get MIPS ELF private object data from BFD's tdata. */
526 #define mips_elf_tdata(bfd) \
527 ((struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
529 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
530 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
531 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
532 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
533 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
534 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
535 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
536 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
537 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
538 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
539 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
540 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
541 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
542 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
543 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD \
544 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM \
545 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
546 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
547 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL \
548 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
549 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
550 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \
551 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \
552 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
553 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
554 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
555 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
556 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
558 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
563 struct bfd_link_info *info;
564 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
565 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
569 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
571 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[] =
574 "_procedure_string_table",
575 "_procedure_table_size",
579 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
584 unsigned long id1; /* Always one? */
585 unsigned long num; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
586 unsigned long id2; /* Always two? */
587 unsigned long offset; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
588 unsigned long reserved0; /* Zero? */
589 unsigned long reserved1; /* Zero? */
598 bfd_byte reserved0[4];
599 bfd_byte reserved1[4];
600 } Elf32_External_compact_rel;
604 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
605 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
606 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
607 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
608 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
609 unsigned long vaddr; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
614 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
615 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
616 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
617 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
618 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
626 } Elf32_External_crinfo;
632 } Elf32_External_crinfo2;
634 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
636 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
637 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
638 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
639 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
640 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
641 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
642 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
643 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
645 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
646 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
647 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
648 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
649 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
651 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
652 has different meaning for each type:
655 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
656 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
657 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
658 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
661 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
662 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
663 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
664 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
666 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
667 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
668 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
669 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
671 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
672 loader for use by the static exception system. */
674 typedef struct runtime_pdr {
675 bfd_vma adr; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
676 long regmask; /* Save register mask. */
677 long regoffset; /* Save register offset. */
678 long fregmask; /* Save floating point register mask. */
679 long fregoffset; /* Save floating point register offset. */
680 long frameoffset; /* Frame size. */
681 short framereg; /* Frame pointer register. */
682 short pcreg; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
683 long irpss; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
685 struct exception_info *exception_info;/* Pointer to exception array. */
687 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
688 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
690 static struct mips_got_entry *mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
691 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, bfd_vma, unsigned long,
692 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, int);
693 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
694 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
695 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
697 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
698 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *,
699 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, asection *, bfd_vma,
700 bfd_vma *, asection *);
701 static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash
703 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
704 (bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, bfd *);
705 static struct mips_got_info *mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
706 (struct mips_got_info *, bfd *);
708 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
709 static bfd *reldyn_sorting_bfd;
711 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
712 non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
713 #define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
714 ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
715 || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
717 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
718 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
719 for RM9000 for now. */
720 #define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
721 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
723 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
724 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
726 #define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
728 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
729 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
731 #define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
733 /* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
734 #define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
735 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
737 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
738 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
739 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
741 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
742 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
743 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
745 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
746 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
748 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
749 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
750 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
752 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
753 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
754 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
756 /* The name of the options section. */
757 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
758 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
760 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
761 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
762 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
763 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
765 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
766 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
767 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
768 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
770 /* The name of the stub section. */
771 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
773 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
774 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
775 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
777 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
778 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
779 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
781 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
782 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
783 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
785 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
786 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
787 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
789 /* The size of the .rld_map section. */
790 #define MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE(abfd) \
791 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
793 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
794 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
795 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
797 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
798 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
799 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
801 /* Get word-sized data. */
802 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
803 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
805 /* Put out word-sized data. */
806 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
808 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
809 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
811 /* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
812 #define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
813 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
815 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
816 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
817 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
819 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
820 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
822 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
823 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
824 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
826 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
827 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
828 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
829 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
831 /* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
832 a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
834 #define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
835 ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
837 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
838 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
839 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
841 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
843 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
845 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
846 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
848 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
849 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
850 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
852 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
853 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
854 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
855 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
856 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
857 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
858 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
860 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
861 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
863 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
864 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
866 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
869 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
870 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
871 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
872 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
875 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
876 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
877 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
878 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
879 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
880 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
881 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
882 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
884 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
885 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
887 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
889 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
890 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
893 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
894 floating point arguments.
896 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
897 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
898 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
899 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
900 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
901 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
902 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
903 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
905 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
906 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
907 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
908 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
909 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
910 stub should be discarded.
912 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
913 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
914 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
915 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
916 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
917 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
918 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
921 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
922 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
923 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
925 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
927 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
928 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
929 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
931 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
932 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
933 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
935 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
936 static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
938 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
939 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
940 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
941 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
942 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
943 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
944 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
945 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
948 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
949 because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
950 static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
952 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
953 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
954 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
955 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
956 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
957 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
958 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
959 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
962 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
963 from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
964 static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry[] =
966 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
967 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
968 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
969 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
970 0x03e0782d, /* move $15, $31 # 64-bit move (daddu) */
971 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
972 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
973 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
976 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
977 static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry[] =
979 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
980 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
981 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
982 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
985 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
986 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry[] =
988 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
989 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
990 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
991 0x00000000, /* nop */
992 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
996 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
997 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry[] =
999 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1000 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1001 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
1002 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
1003 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
1004 0x00000000, /* nop */
1005 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1006 0x00000000 /* nop */
1009 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
1010 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[] =
1012 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
1013 0x00000000, /* nop */
1014 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1015 0x00000000, /* nop */
1016 0x00000000, /* nop */
1017 0x00000000 /* nop */
1020 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1021 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry[] =
1023 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1024 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1027 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper installer. */
1030 bfd_put_micromips_32 (const bfd *abfd, bfd_vma opcode, bfd_byte *ptr)
1032 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (opcode >> 16) & 0xffff, ptr);
1033 bfd_put_16 (abfd, opcode & 0xffff, ptr + 2);
1036 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper retriever. */
1039 bfd_get_micromips_32 (const bfd *abfd, const bfd_byte *ptr)
1041 return (bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 2);
1044 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1046 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
1047 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
1048 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
1051 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1053 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
1054 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
1056 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
1059 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1060 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
1062 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1063 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1066 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
1068 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1069 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
1071 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
1075 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
1077 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1078 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
1080 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
1083 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1085 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1086 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1087 struct bfd_hash_table *table, const char *string)
1089 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *ret =
1090 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
1092 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1095 ret = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry));
1097 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
1099 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1100 ret = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
1101 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
1105 /* Set local fields. */
1106 memset (&ret->esym, 0, sizeof (EXTR));
1107 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1108 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
1111 ret->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
1112 ret->fn_stub = NULL;
1113 ret->call_stub = NULL;
1114 ret->call_fp_stub = NULL;
1115 ret->tls_type = GOT_NORMAL;
1116 ret->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
1117 ret->got_only_for_calls = TRUE;
1118 ret->readonly_reloc = FALSE;
1119 ret->has_static_relocs = FALSE;
1120 ret->no_fn_stub = FALSE;
1121 ret->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
1122 ret->has_nonpic_branches = FALSE;
1123 ret->needs_lazy_stub = FALSE;
1126 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
1129 /* Allocate MIPS ELF private object data. */
1132 _bfd_mips_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
1134 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_obj_tdata),
1139 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
1141 if (!sec->used_by_bfd)
1143 struct _mips_elf_section_data *sdata;
1144 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*sdata);
1146 sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
1149 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
1152 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
1155 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1156 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
1159 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd *abfd, asection *section,
1160 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
1163 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
1166 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
1167 memset (debug, 0, sizeof (*debug));
1169 ext_hdr = bfd_malloc (swap->external_hdr_size);
1170 if (ext_hdr == NULL && swap->external_hdr_size != 0)
1173 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, section, ext_hdr, 0,
1174 swap->external_hdr_size))
1177 symhdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
1178 (*swap->swap_hdr_in) (abfd, ext_hdr, symhdr);
1180 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1182 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
1183 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
1184 debug->ptr = NULL; \
1187 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
1188 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
1189 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
1190 goto error_return; \
1191 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
1192 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
1193 goto error_return; \
1196 READ (line, cbLineOffset, cbLine, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1197 READ (external_dnr, cbDnOffset, idnMax, swap->external_dnr_size, void *);
1198 READ (external_pdr, cbPdOffset, ipdMax, swap->external_pdr_size, void *);
1199 READ (external_sym, cbSymOffset, isymMax, swap->external_sym_size, void *);
1200 READ (external_opt, cbOptOffset, ioptMax, swap->external_opt_size, void *);
1201 READ (external_aux, cbAuxOffset, iauxMax, sizeof (union aux_ext),
1203 READ (ss, cbSsOffset, issMax, sizeof (char), char *);
1204 READ (ssext, cbSsExtOffset, issExtMax, sizeof (char), char *);
1205 READ (external_fdr, cbFdOffset, ifdMax, swap->external_fdr_size, void *);
1206 READ (external_rfd, cbRfdOffset, crfd, swap->external_rfd_size, void *);
1207 READ (external_ext, cbExtOffset, iextMax, swap->external_ext_size, void *);
1215 if (ext_hdr != NULL)
1217 if (debug->line != NULL)
1219 if (debug->external_dnr != NULL)
1220 free (debug->external_dnr);
1221 if (debug->external_pdr != NULL)
1222 free (debug->external_pdr);
1223 if (debug->external_sym != NULL)
1224 free (debug->external_sym);
1225 if (debug->external_opt != NULL)
1226 free (debug->external_opt);
1227 if (debug->external_aux != NULL)
1228 free (debug->external_aux);
1229 if (debug->ss != NULL)
1231 if (debug->ssext != NULL)
1232 free (debug->ssext);
1233 if (debug->external_fdr != NULL)
1234 free (debug->external_fdr);
1235 if (debug->external_rfd != NULL)
1236 free (debug->external_rfd);
1237 if (debug->external_ext != NULL)
1238 free (debug->external_ext);
1242 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
1245 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd *abfd, const RPDR *in, struct rpdr_ext *ex)
1247 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, in->adr, ex->p_adr);
1248 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regmask, ex->p_regmask);
1249 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regoffset, ex->p_regoffset);
1250 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregmask, ex->p_fregmask);
1251 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregoffset, ex->p_fregoffset);
1252 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->frameoffset, ex->p_frameoffset);
1254 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->framereg, ex->p_framereg);
1255 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->pcreg, ex->p_pcreg);
1257 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->irpss, ex->p_irpss);
1260 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
1263 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle, bfd *abfd,
1264 struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *s,
1265 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
1267 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
1268 HDRR *hdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
1270 struct rpdr_ext *erp;
1272 struct pdr_ext *epdr;
1273 struct sym_ext *esym;
1277 bfd_size_type count;
1278 unsigned long sindex;
1282 const char *no_name_func = _("static procedure (no name)");
1290 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
1292 sindex = strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
1293 count = hdr->ipdMax;
1296 size = swap->external_pdr_size;
1298 epdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1302 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle, (bfd_byte *) epdr))
1305 size = sizeof (RPDR);
1306 rp = rpdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1310 size = sizeof (char *);
1311 sv = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1315 count = hdr->isymMax;
1316 size = swap->external_sym_size;
1317 esym = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1321 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle, (bfd_byte *) esym))
1324 count = hdr->issMax;
1325 ss = bfd_malloc (count);
1328 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle, (bfd_byte *) ss))
1331 count = hdr->ipdMax;
1332 for (i = 0; i < (unsigned long) count; i++, rp++)
1334 (*swap->swap_pdr_in) (abfd, epdr + i, &pdr);
1335 (*swap->swap_sym_in) (abfd, &esym[pdr.isym], &sym);
1336 rp->adr = sym.value;
1337 rp->regmask = pdr.regmask;
1338 rp->regoffset = pdr.regoffset;
1339 rp->fregmask = pdr.fregmask;
1340 rp->fregoffset = pdr.fregoffset;
1341 rp->frameoffset = pdr.frameoffset;
1342 rp->framereg = pdr.framereg;
1343 rp->pcreg = pdr.pcreg;
1345 sv[i] = ss + sym.iss;
1346 sindex += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
1350 size = sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2) + sindex;
1351 size = BFD_ALIGN (size, 16);
1352 rtproc = bfd_alloc (abfd, size);
1355 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = 0;
1359 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = count + 2;
1362 memset (erp, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext));
1364 str = (char *) rtproc + sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2);
1365 strcpy (str, no_name_func);
1366 str += strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
1367 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
1369 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd, rpdr + i, erp + i);
1370 strcpy (str, sv[i]);
1371 str += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
1373 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, -1, (erp + count)->p_adr);
1375 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1377 s->contents = rtproc;
1379 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1380 matters, but someday it might). */
1381 s->map_head.link_order = NULL;
1410 /* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
1411 value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
1414 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1415 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1416 const char *prefix, asection *s, bfd_vma value,
1419 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
1420 struct elf_link_hash_entry *elfh;
1423 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->root.other))
1426 /* Create a new symbol. */
1427 name = ACONCAT ((prefix, h->root.root.root.string, NULL));
1429 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, s->owner, name,
1430 BSF_LOCAL, s, value, NULL,
1434 /* Make it a local function. */
1435 elfh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
1436 elfh->type = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FUNC);
1438 elfh->forced_local = 1;
1442 /* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
1443 current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1447 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1448 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1451 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
1452 struct elf_link_hash_entry *elfh;
1457 /* Read the symbol's value. */
1458 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1459 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
1460 s = h->root.root.u.def.section;
1461 value = h->root.root.u.def.value;
1463 /* Create a new symbol. */
1464 name = ACONCAT ((prefix, h->root.root.root.string, NULL));
1466 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, s->owner, name,
1467 BSF_LOCAL, s, value, NULL,
1471 /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
1472 elfh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
1473 elfh->type = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, ELF_ST_TYPE (h->root.type));
1474 elfh->other = h->root.other;
1475 elfh->size = h->root.size;
1476 elfh->forced_local = 1;
1480 /* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1481 function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
1484 section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection *section)
1488 name = bfd_get_section_name (section->owner, section);
1489 return (FN_STUB_P (name)
1490 || CALL_STUB_P (name)
1491 || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name)
1492 || strcmp (name, ".pdr") == 0);
1495 /* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1496 stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1497 function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
1499 static unsigned long
1500 mips16_stub_symndx (const struct elf_backend_data *bed,
1501 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1502 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
1503 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
1505 int int_rels_per_ext_rel = bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
1506 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
1508 /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any, but not a subsequent
1509 one in a compound relocation. */
1510 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel += int_rels_per_ext_rel)
1511 if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info) == R_MIPS_NONE)
1512 return ELF_R_SYM (sec->owner, rel->r_info);
1514 /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
1515 the traditional behavior. */
1516 if (relocs < relend)
1517 return ELF_R_SYM (sec->owner, relocs->r_info);
1522 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1526 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1527 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1529 /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1530 objects try to call them. */
1531 if (h->fn_stub != NULL
1532 && h->root.dynindx != -1)
1534 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info, h, ".mips16.");
1535 h->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
1538 if (h->fn_stub != NULL
1539 && ! h->need_fn_stub)
1541 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1542 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1543 being included in the link. */
1544 h->fn_stub->size = 0;
1545 h->fn_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1546 h->fn_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1547 h->fn_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1550 if (h->call_stub != NULL
1551 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other))
1553 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1554 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1555 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1556 h->call_stub->size = 0;
1557 h->call_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1558 h->call_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1559 h->call_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1562 if (h->call_fp_stub != NULL
1563 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other))
1565 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1566 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1567 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1568 h->call_fp_stub->size = 0;
1569 h->call_fp_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1570 h->call_fp_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1571 h->call_fp_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1575 /* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
1578 mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_)
1580 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub *entry;
1582 entry = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry_;
1583 return entry->h->root.root.u.def.section->id
1584 + entry->h->root.root.u.def.value;
1588 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_, const void *entry2_)
1590 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub *entry1, *entry2;
1592 entry1 = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry1_;
1593 entry2 = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry2_;
1594 return ((entry1->h->root.root.u.def.section
1595 == entry2->h->root.root.u.def.section)
1596 && (entry1->h->root.root.u.def.value
1597 == entry2->h->root.root.u.def.value));
1600 /* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
1601 the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
1605 _bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1606 asection *(*fn) (const char *, asection *,
1609 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1611 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1615 htab->add_stub_section = fn;
1616 htab->la25_stubs = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash,
1617 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq, NULL);
1618 if (htab->la25_stubs == NULL)
1624 /* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1625 that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1626 Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions,
1627 so they themselves never need $25 to be valid. Only non-MIPS16
1628 entry points are of interest here. */
1631 mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1633 return ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1634 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1635 && h->root.def_regular
1636 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h->root.root.u.def.section)
1637 && (!ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other)
1638 || (h->fn_stub && h->need_fn_stub))
1639 && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h->root.root.u.def.section->owner)
1640 || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h->root.other)));
1643 /* Set *SEC to the input section that contains the target of STUB.
1644 Return the offset of the target from the start of that section. */
1647 mips_elf_get_la25_target (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
1650 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (stub->h->root.other))
1652 BFD_ASSERT (stub->h->need_fn_stub);
1653 *sec = stub->h->fn_stub;
1658 *sec = stub->h->root.root.u.def.section;
1659 return stub->h->root.root.u.def.value;
1663 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1664 by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1665 Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
1668 mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
1669 struct bfd_link_info *info)
1671 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1673 asection *s, *input_section;
1676 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1680 /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
1681 name = bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1684 sprintf (name, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab->la25_stubs));
1686 /* Create the section. */
1687 mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub, &input_section);
1688 s = htab->add_stub_section (name, input_section,
1689 input_section->output_section);
1693 /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
1694 align = input_section->alignment_power;
1695 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s->owner, s, align))
1698 s->size = (1 << align) - 8;
1700 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1701 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info, stub->h, ".pic.", s, s->size, 8);
1702 stub->stub_section = s;
1703 stub->offset = s->size;
1705 /* Allocate room for it. */
1710 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1711 with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
1712 the function symbol to it. */
1715 mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
1716 struct bfd_link_info *info)
1718 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1721 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1725 /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
1726 s = htab->strampoline;
1729 asection *input_section = stub->h->root.root.u.def.section;
1730 s = htab->add_stub_section (".text", NULL,
1731 input_section->output_section);
1732 if (s == NULL || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s->owner, s, 4))
1734 htab->strampoline = s;
1737 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1738 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info, stub->h, ".pic.", s, s->size, 16);
1739 stub->stub_section = s;
1740 stub->offset = s->size;
1742 /* Allocate room for it. */
1747 /* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
1748 appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
1751 mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1752 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1754 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1755 struct mips_elf_la25_stub search, *stub;
1756 bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p;
1761 /* Describe the stub we want. */
1762 search.stub_section = NULL;
1766 /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
1767 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1771 slot = htab_find_slot (htab->la25_stubs, &search, INSERT);
1775 stub = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) *slot;
1778 /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
1779 h->la25_stub = stub;
1783 /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
1784 stub = bfd_malloc (sizeof (search));
1790 /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
1791 of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
1792 value = mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub, &s);
1793 use_trampoline_p = (value != 0 || s->alignment_power > 4);
1795 h->la25_stub = stub;
1796 return (use_trampoline_p
1797 ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub, info)
1798 : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub, info));
1801 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
1802 sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
1805 mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
1807 struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti;
1809 hti = (struct mips_htab_traverse_info *) data;
1810 if (!hti->info->relocatable)
1811 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti->info, h);
1813 if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h))
1815 /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
1816 collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
1817 if (bfd_is_abs_section (h->root.root.u.def.section->output_section))
1820 /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1821 If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
1822 being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
1823 non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
1825 if (hti->info->relocatable)
1827 if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti->output_bfd))
1828 h->root.other = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h->root.other);
1830 else if (h->has_nonpic_branches && !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti->info, h))
1839 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
1840 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
1843 The format of these instructions is:
1845 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1846 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
1847 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1849 +-----------------------------------------------+
1851 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
1852 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
1854 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
1855 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
1856 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
1857 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
1858 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
1859 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
1860 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
1861 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
1862 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
1863 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
1866 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
1867 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
1868 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
1869 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
1870 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
1871 value as two 16-bit values.
1873 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
1877 +--------+----------------------+
1881 +--------+----------------------+
1884 +----------+------+-------------+
1888 +----------+--------------------+
1889 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
1890 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
1892 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
1893 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1894 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
1895 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1896 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
1898 The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
1899 Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
1900 given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
1903 R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
1904 R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
1905 R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
1906 R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
1907 R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
1909 A typical instruction will have a format like this:
1911 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1912 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
1913 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1914 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
1915 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1917 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
1920 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
1921 As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
1922 little-endian system. */
1924 static inline bfd_boolean
1925 mips16_reloc_p (int r_type)
1930 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
1931 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
1932 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
1935 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
1936 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
1937 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
1938 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
1939 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
1940 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
1941 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
1949 /* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */
1951 static inline bfd_boolean
1952 micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
1954 return r_type >= R_MICROMIPS_min && r_type < R_MICROMIPS_max;
1957 /* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
1958 on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
1959 and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */
1961 static inline bfd_boolean
1962 micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type)
1964 return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type)
1965 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
1966 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1);
1969 static inline bfd_boolean
1970 got16_reloc_p (int r_type)
1972 return (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16
1973 || r_type == R_MIPS16_GOT16
1974 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT16);
1977 static inline bfd_boolean
1978 call16_reloc_p (int r_type)
1980 return (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16
1981 || r_type == R_MIPS16_CALL16
1982 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL16);
1985 static inline bfd_boolean
1986 got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
1988 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_DISP || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP;
1991 static inline bfd_boolean
1992 got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
1994 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE;
1997 static inline bfd_boolean
1998 got_ofst_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2000 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_OFST || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST;
2003 static inline bfd_boolean
2004 got_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2006 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_HI16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16;
2009 static inline bfd_boolean
2010 got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2012 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16;
2015 static inline bfd_boolean
2016 call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2018 return r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16;
2021 static inline bfd_boolean
2022 call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2024 return r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16;
2027 static inline bfd_boolean
2028 hi16_reloc_p (int r_type)
2030 return (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16
2031 || r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16
2032 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16);
2035 static inline bfd_boolean
2036 lo16_reloc_p (int r_type)
2038 return (r_type == R_MIPS_LO16
2039 || r_type == R_MIPS16_LO16
2040 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_LO16);
2043 static inline bfd_boolean
2044 mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type)
2046 return r_type == R_MIPS16_26 || r_type == R_MIPS16_CALL16;
2049 static inline bfd_boolean
2050 jal_reloc_p (int r_type)
2052 return (r_type == R_MIPS_26
2053 || r_type == R_MIPS16_26
2054 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1);
2057 static inline bfd_boolean
2058 micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type)
2060 return (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
2061 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2062 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2063 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1);
2066 static inline bfd_boolean
2067 tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2069 return (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2070 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
2071 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD);
2074 static inline bfd_boolean
2075 tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2077 return (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
2078 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
2079 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM);
2082 static inline bfd_boolean
2083 tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2085 return (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
2086 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
2087 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL);
2091 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
2092 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
2094 bfd_vma first, second, val;
2096 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type))
2099 /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */
2100 first = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data);
2101 second = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data + 2);
2102 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type) || (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !jal_shuffle))
2103 val = first << 16 | second;
2104 else if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26)
2105 val = (((first & 0xf800) << 16) | ((second & 0xffe0) << 11)
2106 | ((first & 0x1f) << 11) | (first & 0x7e0) | (second & 0x1f));
2108 val = (((first & 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first & 0x3e0) << 11)
2109 | ((first & 0x1f) << 21) | second);
2110 bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, data);
2114 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
2115 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
2117 bfd_vma first, second, val;
2119 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type))
2122 val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, data);
2123 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type) || (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !jal_shuffle))
2125 second = val & 0xffff;
2128 else if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26)
2130 second = ((val >> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val & 0x1f);
2131 first = ((val >> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val >> 11) & 0x1f) | (val & 0x7e0);
2135 second = val & 0xffff;
2136 first = ((val >> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val >> 11) & 0x3e0)
2137 | ((val >> 21) & 0x1f);
2139 bfd_put_16 (abfd, second, data + 2);
2140 bfd_put_16 (abfd, first, data);
2143 bfd_reloc_status_type
2144 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd *abfd, asymbol *symbol,
2145 arelent *reloc_entry, asection *input_section,
2146 bfd_boolean relocatable, void *data, bfd_vma gp)
2150 bfd_reloc_status_type status;
2152 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
2155 relocation = symbol->value;
2157 relocation += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
2158 relocation += symbol->section->output_offset;
2160 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2161 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2163 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
2164 val = reloc_entry->addend;
2166 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val, 16);
2168 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
2169 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
2170 an external symbol. */
2172 || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
2173 val += relocation - gp;
2175 if (reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
2177 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
2179 + reloc_entry->address);
2180 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
2184 reloc_entry->addend = val;
2187 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
2189 return bfd_reloc_ok;
2192 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
2193 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
2194 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
2199 struct mips_hi16 *next;
2201 asection *input_section;
2205 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
2207 static struct mips_hi16 *mips_hi16_list;
2209 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
2210 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2211 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2213 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2214 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2215 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
2216 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
2218 bfd_reloc_status_type
2219 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
2220 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *data,
2221 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
2222 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2224 struct mips_hi16 *n;
2226 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2227 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2229 n = bfd_malloc (sizeof *n);
2231 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2233 n->next = mips_hi16_list;
2235 n->input_section = input_section;
2236 n->rel = *reloc_entry;
2239 if (output_bfd != NULL)
2240 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
2242 return bfd_reloc_ok;
2245 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
2246 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2247 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
2249 bfd_reloc_status_type
2250 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
2251 void *data, asection *input_section,
2252 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
2254 if ((symbol->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
2255 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol))
2256 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol)))
2257 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
2258 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
2259 input_section, output_bfd,
2262 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
2263 input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
2266 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
2267 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2268 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
2270 bfd_reloc_status_type
2271 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
2272 void *data, asection *input_section,
2273 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
2276 bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address;
2278 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2279 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2281 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2283 vallo = bfd_get_32 (abfd, location);
2284 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2287 while (mips_hi16_list != NULL)
2289 bfd_reloc_status_type ret;
2290 struct mips_hi16 *hi;
2292 hi = mips_hi16_list;
2294 /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
2295 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2296 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
2297 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2298 has a rightshift of 0. */
2299 if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS_GOT16)
2300 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS_HI16, FALSE);
2301 else if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS16_GOT16)
2302 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS16_HI16, FALSE);
2303 else if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT16)
2304 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MICROMIPS_HI16, FALSE);
2306 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2307 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
2308 hi->rel.addend += (vallo + 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2310 ret = _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, &hi->rel, symbol, hi->data,
2311 hi->input_section, output_bfd,
2313 if (ret != bfd_reloc_ok)
2316 mips_hi16_list = hi->next;
2320 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
2321 input_section, output_bfd,
2325 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
2326 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2327 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
2329 bfd_reloc_status_type
2330 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
2331 asymbol *symbol, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2332 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
2333 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2336 bfd_reloc_status_type status;
2337 bfd_boolean relocatable;
2339 relocatable = (output_bfd != NULL);
2341 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2342 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2344 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
2346 if (!relocatable || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
2348 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2349 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
2350 offset or address. */
2351 val += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
2352 val += symbol->section->output_offset;
2357 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
2358 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
2359 val += symbol->value;
2360 if (reloc_entry->howto->pc_relative)
2362 val -= input_section->output_section->vma;
2363 val -= input_section->output_offset;
2364 val -= reloc_entry->address;
2368 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
2369 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2370 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
2371 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
2372 if (relocatable && !reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
2373 reloc_entry->addend += val;
2376 bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address;
2378 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
2379 val += reloc_entry->addend;
2381 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
2382 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2384 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
2386 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2389 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
2394 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
2396 return bfd_reloc_ok;
2399 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
2400 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
2403 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_gptab *ex,
2406 in->gt_entry.gt_g_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
2407 in->gt_entry.gt_bytes = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
2411 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_gptab *in,
2412 Elf32_External_gptab *ex)
2414 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_g_value, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
2415 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_bytes, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
2419 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_compact_rel *in,
2420 Elf32_External_compact_rel *ex)
2422 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id1, ex->id1);
2423 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->num, ex->num);
2424 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id2, ex->id2);
2425 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->offset, ex->offset);
2426 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved0, ex->reserved0);
2427 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved1, ex->reserved1);
2431 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_crinfo *in,
2432 Elf32_External_crinfo *ex)
2436 l = (((in->ctype & CRINFO_CTYPE) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH)
2437 | ((in->rtype & CRINFO_RTYPE) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH)
2438 | ((in->dist2to & CRINFO_DIST2TO) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH)
2439 | ((in->relvaddr & CRINFO_RELVADDR) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH));
2440 H_PUT_32 (abfd, l, ex->info);
2441 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->konst, ex->konst);
2442 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->vaddr, ex->vaddr);
2445 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
2446 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
2447 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
2450 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex,
2453 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
2454 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2455 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2456 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2457 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2458 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
2462 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_RegInfo *in,
2463 Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex)
2465 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
2466 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2467 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2468 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2469 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2470 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
2473 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2474 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
2475 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
2476 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
2477 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
2480 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex,
2481 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in)
2483 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
2484 in->ri_pad = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_pad);
2485 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2486 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2487 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2488 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2489 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_64 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
2493 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in,
2494 Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex)
2496 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
2497 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_pad, ex->ri_pad);
2498 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2499 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2500 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2501 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2502 H_PUT_64 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
2505 /* Swap in an options header. */
2508 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf_External_Options *ex,
2509 Elf_Internal_Options *in)
2511 in->kind = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->kind);
2512 in->size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->size);
2513 in->section = H_GET_16 (abfd, ex->section);
2514 in->info = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->info);
2517 /* Swap out an options header. */
2520 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Options *in,
2521 Elf_External_Options *ex)
2523 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->kind, ex->kind);
2524 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->size, ex->size);
2525 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->section, ex->section);
2526 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->info, ex->info);
2529 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2530 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
2533 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
2535 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1;
2536 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2;
2539 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, &int_reloc1);
2540 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, &int_reloc2);
2542 diff = ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1.r_info) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2.r_info);
2546 if (int_reloc1.r_offset < int_reloc2.r_offset)
2548 if (int_reloc1.r_offset > int_reloc2.r_offset)
2553 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
2556 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2557 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2560 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1[3];
2561 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2[3];
2563 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
2564 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, int_reloc1);
2565 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
2566 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, int_reloc2);
2568 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info))
2570 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info))
2573 if (int_reloc1[0].r_offset < int_reloc2[0].r_offset)
2575 if (int_reloc1[0].r_offset > int_reloc2[0].r_offset)
2584 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2585 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
2586 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2587 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2588 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2589 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
2590 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2591 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2592 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2593 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2594 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2595 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
2596 when generating a final executable. */
2599 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
2601 struct extsym_info *einfo = data;
2603 asection *sec, *output_section;
2605 if (h->root.indx == -2)
2607 else if ((h->root.def_dynamic
2608 || h->root.ref_dynamic
2609 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
2610 && !h->root.def_regular
2611 && !h->root.ref_regular)
2613 else if (einfo->info->strip == strip_all
2614 || (einfo->info->strip == strip_some
2615 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo->info->keep_hash,
2616 h->root.root.root.string,
2617 FALSE, FALSE) == NULL))
2625 if (h->esym.ifd == -2)
2628 h->esym.cobol_main = 0;
2629 h->esym.weakext = 0;
2630 h->esym.reserved = 0;
2631 h->esym.ifd = ifdNil;
2632 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2633 h->esym.asym.st = stGlobal;
2635 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
2636 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
2640 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
2642 name = h->root.root.root.string;
2643 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
2644 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
2646 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
2647 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
2648 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2650 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
2652 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2653 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
2654 h->esym.asym.value =
2655 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo->info)->procedure_count;
2657 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo->abfd))
2659 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2660 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
2661 h->esym.asym.value = elf_gp (einfo->abfd);
2664 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
2666 else if (h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
2667 && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2668 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2673 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
2674 output_section = sec->output_section;
2676 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2677 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
2678 if (output_section == NULL)
2679 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
2682 name = bfd_section_name (output_section->owner, output_section);
2684 if (strcmp (name, ".text") == 0)
2685 h->esym.asym.sc = scText;
2686 else if (strcmp (name, ".data") == 0)
2687 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
2688 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0)
2689 h->esym.asym.sc = scSData;
2690 else if (strcmp (name, ".rodata") == 0
2691 || strcmp (name, ".rdata") == 0)
2692 h->esym.asym.sc = scRData;
2693 else if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0)
2694 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
2695 else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
2696 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
2697 else if (strcmp (name, ".init") == 0)
2698 h->esym.asym.sc = scInit;
2699 else if (strcmp (name, ".fini") == 0)
2700 h->esym.asym.sc = scFini;
2702 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2706 h->esym.asym.reserved = 0;
2707 h->esym.asym.index = indexNil;
2710 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_common)
2711 h->esym.asym.value = h->root.root.u.c.size;
2712 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2713 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2715 if (h->esym.asym.sc == scCommon)
2716 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
2717 else if (h->esym.asym.sc == scSCommon)
2718 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
2720 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
2721 output_section = sec->output_section;
2722 if (output_section != NULL)
2723 h->esym.asym.value = (h->root.root.u.def.value
2724 + sec->output_offset
2725 + output_section->vma);
2727 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2731 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hd = h;
2733 while (hd->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2734 hd = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h->root.root.u.i.link;
2736 if (hd->needs_lazy_stub)
2738 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
2739 h->esym.asym.st = stProc;
2740 sec = hd->root.root.u.def.section;
2742 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2745 output_section = sec->output_section;
2746 if (output_section != NULL)
2747 h->esym.asym.value = (hd->root.plt.offset
2748 + sec->output_offset
2749 + output_section->vma);
2751 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2756 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo->abfd, einfo->debug, einfo->swap,
2757 h->root.root.root.string,
2760 einfo->failed = TRUE;
2767 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
2770 gptab_compare (const void *p1, const void *p2)
2772 const Elf32_gptab *a1 = p1;
2773 const Elf32_gptab *a2 = p2;
2775 return a1->gt_entry.gt_g_value - a2->gt_entry.gt_g_value;
2778 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
2780 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
2783 static INLINE hashval_t
2784 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr)
2787 return addr + (addr >> 32);
2793 /* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
2794 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
2798 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
2800 const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_;
2802 return entry->symndx
2803 + ((entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM) << 17)
2804 + (! entry->abfd ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
2806 + (entry->symndx >= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend)
2807 : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash));
2811 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
2813 const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
2814 const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
2816 /* An LDM entry can only match another LDM entry. */
2817 if ((e1->tls_type ^ e2->tls_type) & GOT_TLS_LDM)
2820 return e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->symndx == e2->symndx
2821 && (! e1->abfd ? e1->d.address == e2->d.address
2822 : e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend
2823 : e1->d.h == e2->d.h);
2826 /* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
2827 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
2828 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
2832 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
2834 const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_;
2836 return entry->symndx
2838 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
2839 : entry->symndx >= 0
2840 ? ((entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM)
2841 ? (GOT_TLS_LDM << 17)
2843 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend)))
2844 : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash);
2848 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
2850 const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
2851 const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
2853 /* Any two LDM entries match. */
2854 if (e1->tls_type & e2->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM)
2857 /* Nothing else matches an LDM entry. */
2858 if ((e1->tls_type ^ e2->tls_type) & GOT_TLS_LDM)
2861 return e1->symndx == e2->symndx
2862 && (e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend
2863 : e1->abfd == NULL || e2->abfd == NULL
2864 ? e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->d.address == e2->d.address
2865 : e1->d.h == e2->d.h);
2869 mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
2871 const struct mips_got_page_entry *entry;
2873 entry = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry_;
2874 return entry->abfd->id + entry->symndx;
2878 mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_, const void *entry2_)
2880 const struct mips_got_page_entry *entry1, *entry2;
2882 entry1 = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry1_;
2883 entry2 = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry2_;
2884 return entry1->abfd == entry2->abfd && entry1->symndx == entry2->symndx;
2887 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
2888 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
2889 if creation fails. */
2892 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_boolean create_p)
2898 dname = MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info);
2899 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
2900 sreloc = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, dname);
2901 if (sreloc == NULL && create_p)
2903 sreloc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, dname,
2908 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2911 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sreloc,
2912 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj)))
2918 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
2919 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
2923 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info, unsigned char tls_type,
2924 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
2928 bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
2929 bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
2931 if (h && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
2932 && (!info->shared || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)))
2935 if ((info->shared || indx != 0)
2937 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
2938 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2944 if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
2951 if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
2954 if ((tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM) && info->shared)
2960 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the GOT entry in
2961 ARG1, if it describes a local symbol. */
2964 mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs (void **arg1, void *arg2)
2966 struct mips_got_entry *entry = * (struct mips_got_entry **) arg1;
2967 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg *arg = arg2;
2969 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx != -1)
2970 arg->needed += mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, entry->tls_type, NULL);
2975 /* Count the number of TLS GOT entries required for the global (or
2976 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
2979 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries (void *arg1, void *arg2)
2981 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm
2982 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) arg1;
2983 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg *arg = arg2;
2985 if (hm->tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
2987 if (hm->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
2993 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the global (or
2994 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
2997 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs (void *arg1, void *arg2)
2999 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm
3000 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) arg1;
3001 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg *arg = arg2;
3003 arg->needed += mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, hm->tls_type, &hm->root);
3008 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
3011 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
3013 unsigned long reloc_index,
3018 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
3020 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
3022 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, indx, r_type);
3023 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
3025 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
3027 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
3028 (output_bfd, &rel[0],
3030 + reloc_index * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
3033 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3034 (output_bfd, &rel[0],
3036 + reloc_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
3039 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
3042 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd *abfd, bfd_vma got_offset,
3043 unsigned char *tls_type_p,
3044 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3045 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3048 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3050 asection *sreloc, *sgot;
3051 bfd_vma offset, offset2;
3052 bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
3054 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3063 bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
3065 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, &h->root)
3066 && (!info->shared || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root)))
3067 indx = h->root.dynindx;
3070 if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_DONE)
3073 if ((info->shared || indx != 0)
3075 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT
3076 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3079 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
3080 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
3081 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
3082 BFD_ASSERT (value != MINUS_ONE || (indx != 0 && need_relocs)
3083 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak);
3085 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
3086 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
3088 /* General Dynamic. */
3089 if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_GD)
3091 offset = got_offset;
3092 offset2 = offset + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
3096 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3097 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3098 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
3099 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset);
3102 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3103 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3104 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32,
3105 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset2);
3107 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info),
3108 sgot->contents + offset2);
3112 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1,
3113 sgot->contents + offset);
3114 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info),
3115 sgot->contents + offset2);
3118 got_offset += 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
3121 /* Initial Exec model. */
3122 if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_IE)
3124 offset = got_offset;
3129 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma,
3130 sgot->contents + offset);
3132 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0,
3133 sgot->contents + offset);
3135 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3136 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3137 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32,
3138 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset);
3141 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - tprel_base (info),
3142 sgot->contents + offset);
3145 if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_LDM)
3147 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
3148 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
3149 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0,
3150 sgot->contents + got_offset
3151 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
3154 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1,
3155 sgot->contents + got_offset);
3157 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3158 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3159 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
3160 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset);
3163 *tls_type_p |= GOT_TLS_DONE;
3166 /* Return the GOT index to use for a relocation of type R_TYPE against
3167 a symbol accessed using TLS_TYPE models. The GOT entries for this
3168 symbol in this GOT start at GOT_INDEX. This function initializes the
3169 GOT entries and corresponding relocations. */
3172 mips_tls_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd_vma got_index, unsigned char *tls_type,
3173 int r_type, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3174 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, bfd_vma symbol)
3176 BFD_ASSERT (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type)
3177 || tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type)
3178 || tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type));
3180 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd, got_index, tls_type, info, h, symbol);
3182 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type))
3184 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE);
3185 if (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
3186 return got_index + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
3191 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type))
3193 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD);
3197 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
3199 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM);
3206 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
3207 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
3208 will be negative. */
3211 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info *info,
3212 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
3214 bfd_vma plt_index, got_address, got_value;
3215 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3217 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3218 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3220 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1);
3222 /* This function only works for VxWorks, because a non-VxWorks .got.plt
3223 section starts with reserved entries. */
3224 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
3226 /* Calculate the index of the symbol's PLT entry. */
3227 plt_index = (h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size) / htab->plt_entry_size;
3229 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
3230 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
3231 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
3234 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3235 got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
3236 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset
3237 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
3239 return got_address - got_value;
3242 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
3243 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3244 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3245 offset can be found. */
3248 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3249 bfd_vma value, unsigned long r_symndx,
3250 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, int r_type)
3252 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3253 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3255 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3256 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3258 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, value,
3259 r_symndx, h, r_type);
3263 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
3265 if (entry->symndx == -1 && htab->got_info->next == NULL)
3266 /* A type (3) entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
3267 hash table entry to track the index. */
3268 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, h->tls_got_offset, &h->tls_type,
3269 r_type, info, h, value);
3271 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, entry->gotidx, &entry->tls_type,
3272 r_type, info, h, value);
3275 return entry->gotidx;
3278 /* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
3281 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3282 int r_type, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3284 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3286 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
3287 long global_got_dynindx = 0;
3289 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3290 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3292 gg = g = htab->got_info;
3293 if (g->bfd2got && ibfd)
3295 struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
3297 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= 0);
3299 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd);
3300 if (g->next != gg || TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
3304 e.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h;
3307 p = htab_find (g->got_entries, &e);
3309 BFD_ASSERT (p->gotidx > 0);
3311 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
3313 bfd_vma value = MINUS_ONE;
3314 if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
3315 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
3316 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section)
3317 value = (h->root.u.def.value
3318 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
3319 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
3321 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, p->gotidx, &p->tls_type, r_type,
3322 info, e.d.h, value);
3329 if (gg->global_gotsym != NULL)
3330 global_got_dynindx = gg->global_gotsym->dynindx;
3332 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
3334 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm
3335 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3336 bfd_vma value = MINUS_ONE;
3338 if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
3339 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
3340 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section)
3341 value = (h->root.u.def.value
3342 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
3343 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
3345 got_index = mips_tls_got_index (abfd, hm->tls_got_offset, &hm->tls_type,
3346 r_type, info, hm, value);
3350 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3351 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3352 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
3354 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= global_got_dynindx);
3355 got_index = ((h->dynindx - global_got_dynindx + g->local_gotno)
3356 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
3358 BFD_ASSERT (got_index < htab->sgot->size);
3363 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
3364 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3365 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3366 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3367 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
3370 mips_elf_got_page (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3371 bfd_vma value, bfd_vma *offsetp)
3373 bfd_vma page, got_index;
3374 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3376 page = (value + 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
3377 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, page, 0,
3378 NULL, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE);
3383 got_index = entry->gotidx;
3386 *offsetp = value - entry->d.address;
3391 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3392 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
3393 symbol that binds locally. */
3396 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3397 bfd_vma value, bfd_boolean external)
3399 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3401 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3402 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
3403 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3404 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
3406 value = mips_elf_high (value) << 16;
3408 /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3409 R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
3410 same in all cases. */
3411 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, value, 0,
3412 NULL, R_MIPS_GOT16);
3414 return entry->gotidx;
3419 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3423 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *output_bfd,
3424 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_vma got_index)
3426 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3430 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3431 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3434 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd)
3435 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd, htab->got_info, input_bfd);
3437 return sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset + got_index - gp;
3440 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3441 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
3442 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3445 static struct mips_got_entry *
3446 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3447 bfd *ibfd, bfd_vma value,
3448 unsigned long r_symndx,
3449 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3452 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
3453 struct mips_got_info *g;
3454 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3456 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3457 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3461 entry.d.address = value;
3464 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (htab->got_info, ibfd);
3467 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (htab->got_info, abfd);
3468 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
3471 /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
3473 BFD_ASSERT (h == NULL || h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE);
3474 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
3476 struct mips_got_entry *p;
3479 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
3481 entry.tls_type = GOT_TLS_LDM;
3487 entry.symndx = r_symndx;
3493 p = (struct mips_got_entry *)
3494 htab_find (g->got_entries, &entry);
3500 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry,
3505 entry.gotidx = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_gotno++;
3508 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
3513 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
3515 if (g->assigned_gotno > g->local_gotno)
3517 (*loc)->gotidx = -1;
3518 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
3519 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3520 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3521 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3525 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value,
3526 (htab->sgot->contents + entry.gotidx));
3528 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
3529 if (htab->is_vxworks)
3531 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3534 bfd_vma got_address;
3536 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
3537 got_address = (htab->sgot->output_section->vma
3538 + htab->sgot->output_offset
3541 rloc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
3542 outrel.r_offset = got_address;
3543 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_MIPS_32);
3544 outrel.r_addend = value;
3545 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, rloc);
3551 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3552 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3553 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3554 the current linking stage. */
3556 static bfd_size_type
3557 count_section_dynsyms (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3559 bfd_size_type count;
3562 if (info->shared || elf_hash_table (info)->is_relocatable_executable)
3565 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3567 bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
3568 for (p = output_bfd->sections; p ; p = p->next)
3569 if ((p->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
3570 && (p->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3571 && !(*bed->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym) (output_bfd, info, p))
3577 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3578 appear towards the end. */
3581 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3583 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3584 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd;
3585 struct mips_got_info *g;
3587 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount == 0)
3590 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3591 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3598 hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
3599 = hsd.min_got_dynindx
3600 = (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - g->reloc_only_gotno);
3601 hsd.max_non_got_dynindx = count_section_dynsyms (abfd, info) + 1;
3602 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *)
3603 elf_hash_table (info)),
3604 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f,
3607 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3608 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
3609 BFD_ASSERT (hsd.max_non_got_dynindx <= hsd.min_got_dynindx);
3610 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long) hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
3611 == elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount);
3612 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - hsd.min_got_dynindx
3613 == g->global_gotno);
3615 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3616 table index in the GOT. */
3617 g->global_gotsym = hsd.low;
3622 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3623 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3627 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
3629 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data *hsd = data;
3631 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3633 if (h->root.dynindx == -1)
3636 switch (h->global_got_area)
3639 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_non_got_dynindx++;
3643 BFD_ASSERT (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL);
3645 h->root.dynindx = --hsd->min_got_dynindx;
3646 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3649 case GGA_RELOC_ONLY:
3650 BFD_ASSERT (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL);
3652 if (hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx == hsd->min_got_dynindx)
3653 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3654 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx++;
3661 /* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
3662 symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
3663 posterity. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
3664 using the GOT entry for calls. */
3667 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3668 bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3669 bfd_boolean for_call,
3670 unsigned char tls_flag)
3672 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3673 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
3674 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
3675 struct mips_got_info *g;
3677 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3678 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3680 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3682 hmips->got_only_for_calls = FALSE;
3684 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
3686 if (h->dynindx == -1)
3688 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
3692 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, h, TRUE);
3695 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3699 /* Make sure we have a GOT to put this entry into. */
3701 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
3705 entry.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3708 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry,
3711 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
3712 need to do it again. */
3715 (*loc)->tls_type |= tls_flag;
3719 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
3725 entry.tls_type = tls_flag;
3727 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
3730 hmips->global_got_area = GGA_NORMAL;
3735 /* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
3736 SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */
3739 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd *abfd, long symndx, bfd_vma addend,
3740 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3741 unsigned char tls_flag)
3743 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3744 struct mips_got_info *g;
3745 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
3747 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3748 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3751 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
3754 entry.symndx = symndx;
3755 entry.d.addend = addend;
3756 entry.tls_type = tls_flag;
3757 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **)
3758 htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry, INSERT);
3762 if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_GD && !((*loc)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD))
3765 (*loc)->tls_type |= tls_flag;
3767 else if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_IE && !((*loc)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE))
3770 (*loc)->tls_type |= tls_flag;
3778 entry.tls_type = tls_flag;
3779 if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_IE)
3781 else if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_GD)
3783 else if (g->tls_ldm_offset == MINUS_ONE)
3785 g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_TWO;
3791 entry.gotidx = g->local_gotno++;
3795 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
3800 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
3805 /* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
3808 mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range *range)
3810 return (range->max_addend - range->min_addend + 0x1ffff) >> 16;
3813 /* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against symbol SYMNDX and
3814 that ADDEND is the addend for that relocation.
3816 This function creates an upper bound on the number of GOT slots
3817 required; no attempt is made to combine references to non-overridable
3818 global symbols across multiple input files. */
3821 mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *abfd,
3822 long symndx, bfd_signed_vma addend)
3824 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3825 struct mips_got_info *g;
3826 struct mips_got_page_entry lookup, *entry;
3827 struct mips_got_page_range **range_ptr, *range;
3828 bfd_vma old_pages, new_pages;
3831 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3832 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3835 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
3837 /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this symbol. */
3839 lookup.symndx = symndx;
3840 loc = htab_find_slot (g->got_page_entries, &lookup, INSERT);
3844 /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
3846 entry = (struct mips_got_page_entry *) *loc;
3849 entry = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*entry));
3854 entry->symndx = symndx;
3855 entry->ranges = NULL;
3856 entry->num_pages = 0;
3860 /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
3862 range_ptr = &entry->ranges;
3863 while (*range_ptr && addend > (*range_ptr)->max_addend + 0xffff)
3864 range_ptr = &(*range_ptr)->next;
3866 /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
3867 minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
3868 a new singleton range. */
3870 if (!range || addend < range->min_addend - 0xffff)
3872 range = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*range));
3876 range->next = *range_ptr;
3877 range->min_addend = addend;
3878 range->max_addend = addend;
3886 /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
3887 old_pages = mips_elf_pages_for_range (range);
3889 /* Update the ranges. */
3890 if (addend < range->min_addend)
3891 range->min_addend = addend;
3892 else if (addend > range->max_addend)
3894 if (range->next && addend >= range->next->min_addend - 0xffff)
3896 old_pages += mips_elf_pages_for_range (range->next);
3897 range->max_addend = range->next->max_addend;
3898 range->next = range->next->next;
3901 range->max_addend = addend;
3904 /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
3905 new_pages = mips_elf_pages_for_range (range);
3906 if (old_pages != new_pages)
3908 entry->num_pages += new_pages - old_pages;
3909 g->page_gotno += new_pages - old_pages;
3915 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
3918 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3922 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3924 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3925 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3927 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
3928 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3930 if (htab->is_vxworks)
3931 s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd);
3936 /* Make room for a null element. */
3937 s->size += MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
3940 s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
3944 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Set boolean *DATA to true
3945 if the GOT entry is for an indirect or warning symbol. */
3948 mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp, void *data)
3950 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3951 bfd_boolean *must_recreate;
3953 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
3954 must_recreate = (bfd_boolean *) data;
3955 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1)
3957 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3960 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3961 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3963 *must_recreate = TRUE;
3970 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add all entries to
3971 hash table *DATA, converting entries for indirect and warning
3972 symbols into entries for the target symbol. Set *DATA to null
3976 mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp, void *data)
3979 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3982 new_got = (htab_t *) data;
3983 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
3984 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1)
3986 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3989 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3990 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3992 BFD_ASSERT (h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE);
3993 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
3997 slot = htab_find_slot (*new_got, entry, INSERT);
4010 /* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
4011 replace them with entries for the target symbol. */
4014 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info *g)
4016 bfd_boolean must_recreate;
4019 must_recreate = FALSE;
4020 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_check_recreate_got, &must_recreate);
4023 new_got = htab_create (htab_size (g->got_entries),
4024 mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
4025 mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
4026 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_recreate_got, &new_got);
4027 if (new_got == NULL)
4030 /* Each entry in g->got_entries has either been copied to new_got
4031 or freed. Now delete the hash table itself. */
4032 htab_delete (g->got_entries);
4033 g->got_entries = new_got;
4038 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points
4039 to the link_info structure. Count the number of type (3) entries
4040 in the master GOT. */
4043 mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
4045 struct bfd_link_info *info;
4046 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4047 struct mips_got_info *g;
4049 info = (struct bfd_link_info *) data;
4050 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4052 if (h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
4054 /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
4055 local or global GOT. Symbols that bind locally can (and in the
4056 case of forced-local symbols, must) live in the local GOT.
4057 Those that are aren't in the dynamic symbol table must also
4058 live in the local GOT.
4060 Note that the former condition does not always imply the
4061 latter: symbols do not bind locally if they are completely
4062 undefined. We'll report undefined symbols later if appropriate. */
4063 if (h->root.dynindx == -1
4064 || (h->got_only_for_calls
4065 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, &h->root)
4066 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root)))
4068 /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
4069 entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
4070 will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
4071 if (h->global_got_area != GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
4073 h->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
4075 else if (htab->is_vxworks
4076 && h->got_only_for_calls
4077 && h->root.plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
4078 /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
4079 they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
4080 will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
4081 h->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
4085 if (h->global_got_area == GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
4086 g->reloc_only_gotno++;
4092 /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
4095 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
4097 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *entry
4098 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry_;
4100 return entry->bfd->id;
4103 /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
4106 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
4108 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e1
4109 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry1;
4110 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e2
4111 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry2;
4113 return e1->bfd == e2->bfd;
4116 /* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBFD. G must
4117 be the master GOT data. */
4119 static struct mips_got_info *
4120 mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd)
4122 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e, *p;
4128 p = htab_find (g->bfd2got, &e);
4129 return p ? p->g : NULL;
4132 /* Use BFD2GOT to find ABFD's got entry, creating one if none exists.
4133 Return NULL if an error occured. */
4135 static struct mips_got_info *
4136 mips_elf_get_got_for_bfd (struct htab *bfd2got, bfd *output_bfd,
4139 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry, *bfdgot;
4140 struct mips_got_info *g;
4143 bfdgot_entry.bfd = input_bfd;
4144 bfdgotp = htab_find_slot (bfd2got, &bfdgot_entry, INSERT);
4145 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *) *bfdgotp;
4149 bfdgot = ((struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)
4150 bfd_alloc (output_bfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash)));
4156 g = ((struct mips_got_info *)
4157 bfd_alloc (output_bfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info)));
4161 bfdgot->bfd = input_bfd;
4164 g->global_gotsym = NULL;
4165 g->global_gotno = 0;
4166 g->reloc_only_gotno = 0;
4169 g->assigned_gotno = -1;
4171 g->tls_assigned_gotno = 0;
4172 g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE;
4173 g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash,
4174 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq, NULL);
4175 if (g->got_entries == NULL)
4178 g->got_page_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash,
4179 mips_got_page_entry_eq, NULL);
4180 if (g->got_page_entries == NULL)
4190 /* A htab_traverse callback for the entries in the master got.
4191 Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
4192 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
4196 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (void **entryp, void *p)
4198 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
4199 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p;
4200 struct mips_got_info *g;
4202 g = mips_elf_get_got_for_bfd (arg->bfd2got, arg->obfd, entry->abfd);
4209 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
4210 entryp = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, entry, INSERT);
4211 if (*entryp != NULL)
4216 if (entry->tls_type)
4218 if (entry->tls_type & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_LDM))
4220 if (entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
4223 else if (entry->symndx >= 0 || entry->d.h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE)
4231 /* A htab_traverse callback for the page entries in the master got.
4232 Associate each page entry with the bfd's got. */
4235 mips_elf_make_got_pages_per_bfd (void **entryp, void *p)
4237 struct mips_got_page_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_page_entry *) *entryp;
4238 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *) p;
4239 struct mips_got_info *g;
4241 g = mips_elf_get_got_for_bfd (arg->bfd2got, arg->obfd, entry->abfd);
4248 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
4249 entryp = htab_find_slot (g->got_page_entries, entry, INSERT);
4250 if (*entryp != NULL)
4254 g->page_gotno += entry->num_pages;
4258 /* Consider merging the got described by BFD2GOT with TO, using the
4259 information given by ARG. Return -1 if this would lead to overflow,
4260 1 if they were merged successfully, and 0 if a merge failed due to
4261 lack of memory. (These values are chosen so that nonnegative return
4262 values can be returned by a htab_traverse callback.) */
4265 mips_elf_merge_got_with (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfd2got,
4266 struct mips_got_info *to,
4267 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg)
4269 struct mips_got_info *from = bfd2got->g;
4270 unsigned int estimate;
4272 /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
4273 estimate = arg->max_pages;
4274 if (estimate >= from->page_gotno + to->page_gotno)
4275 estimate = from->page_gotno + to->page_gotno;
4277 /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
4279 estimate += from->local_gotno + to->local_gotno;
4280 estimate += from->tls_gotno + to->tls_gotno;
4282 /* If we're merging with the primary got, we will always have
4283 the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
4284 conservatively as well. */
4285 if (to == arg->primary)
4286 estimate += arg->global_count;
4288 estimate += from->global_gotno + to->global_gotno;
4290 /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
4291 if (estimate > arg->max_count)
4294 /* Commit to the merge. Record that TO is now the bfd for this got. */
4297 /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
4298 htab_traverse (from->got_entries, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd, arg);
4299 if (arg->obfd == NULL)
4302 htab_traverse (from->got_page_entries, mips_elf_make_got_pages_per_bfd, arg);
4303 if (arg->obfd == NULL)
4306 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
4307 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
4309 htab_delete (from->got_entries);
4310 htab_delete (from->got_page_entries);
4314 /* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
4315 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4316 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4317 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
4318 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4319 and then make make the new got current. */
4322 mips_elf_merge_gots (void **bfd2got_, void *p)
4324 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfd2got
4325 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)*bfd2got_;
4326 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p;
4327 struct mips_got_info *g;
4328 unsigned int estimate;
4333 /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
4334 estimate = arg->max_pages;
4335 if (estimate > g->page_gotno)
4336 estimate = g->page_gotno;
4337 estimate += g->local_gotno + g->tls_gotno;
4339 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
4340 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4341 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4342 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
4343 estimate += (g->tls_gotno > 0 ? arg->global_count : g->global_gotno);
4345 if (estimate <= arg->max_count)
4347 /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4348 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
4351 arg->primary = bfd2got->g;
4355 /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
4356 result = mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd2got, arg->primary, arg);
4361 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
4364 result = mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd2got, arg->current, arg);
4369 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
4370 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4371 overflows anyway. */
4372 g->next = arg->current;
4378 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. ENTRYP's NEXT field
4379 is null iff there is just a single GOT. */
4382 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp, void *p)
4384 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
4385 struct mips_got_info *g = p;
4387 unsigned char tls_type;
4389 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
4390 if (entry->tls_type == 0)
4393 next_index = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (entry->abfd) * (long) g->tls_assigned_gotno;
4395 if (entry->symndx == -1 && g->next == NULL)
4397 /* A type (3) got entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
4398 hash table entry to track its index. */
4399 if (entry->d.h->tls_type & GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE)
4401 entry->d.h->tls_type |= GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE;
4402 entry->d.h->tls_got_offset = next_index;
4403 tls_type = entry->d.h->tls_type;
4407 if (entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM)
4409 /* There are separate mips_got_entry objects for each input bfd
4410 that requires an LDM entry. Make sure that all LDM entries in
4411 a GOT resolve to the same index. */
4412 if (g->tls_ldm_offset != MINUS_TWO && g->tls_ldm_offset != MINUS_ONE)
4414 entry->gotidx = g->tls_ldm_offset;
4417 g->tls_ldm_offset = next_index;
4419 entry->gotidx = next_index;
4420 tls_type = entry->tls_type;
4423 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
4424 if (tls_type & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_LDM))
4425 g->tls_assigned_gotno += 2;
4426 if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
4427 g->tls_assigned_gotno += 1;
4432 /* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
4433 to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
4434 got) to the given VALUE.
4436 If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
4437 not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
4438 the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
4439 global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
4440 first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size
4441 of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a
4442 dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
4443 marked as not eligible for lazy resolution through a function
4446 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (void **entryp, void *p)
4448 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
4449 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg *arg
4450 = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg *)p;
4451 struct mips_got_info *g = arg->g;
4453 if (g && entry->tls_type != GOT_NORMAL)
4454 arg->needed_relocs +=
4455 mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, entry->tls_type,
4456 entry->symndx == -1 ? &entry->d.h->root : NULL);
4458 if (entry->abfd != NULL
4459 && entry->symndx == -1
4460 && entry->d.h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
4464 BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotsym == NULL);
4466 entry->gotidx = arg->value * (long) g->assigned_gotno++;
4467 if (arg->info->shared
4468 || (elf_hash_table (arg->info)->dynamic_sections_created
4469 && entry->d.h->root.def_dynamic
4470 && !entry->d.h->root.def_regular))
4471 ++arg->needed_relocs;
4474 entry->d.h->global_got_area = arg->value;
4480 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4481 bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4482 lazy-binding stubs. */
4485 mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp, void *data)
4487 struct bfd_link_info *info;
4488 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4489 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4491 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4492 info = (struct bfd_link_info *) data;
4493 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4494 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4496 if (entry->abfd != NULL
4497 && entry->symndx == -1
4498 && entry->d.h->needs_lazy_stub)
4500 entry->d.h->needs_lazy_stub = FALSE;
4501 htab->lazy_stub_count--;
4507 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4510 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd)
4512 if (g->bfd2got == NULL)
4515 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd);
4519 BFD_ASSERT (g->next);
4523 return (g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno)
4524 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4527 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4528 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
4531 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
4532 asection *got, bfd_size_type pages)
4534 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4535 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg;
4536 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg;
4537 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
4538 unsigned int assign, needed_relocs;
4541 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
4542 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4543 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4546 g->bfd2got = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash,
4547 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq, NULL);
4548 if (g->bfd2got == NULL)
4551 got_per_bfd_arg.bfd2got = g->bfd2got;
4552 got_per_bfd_arg.obfd = abfd;
4553 got_per_bfd_arg.info = info;
4555 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
4556 map from bfd to got info while at that. */
4557 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd, &got_per_bfd_arg);
4558 if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
4561 /* Also count how many page entries each input bfd requires. */
4562 htab_traverse (g->got_page_entries, mips_elf_make_got_pages_per_bfd,
4564 if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
4567 got_per_bfd_arg.current = NULL;
4568 got_per_bfd_arg.primary = NULL;
4569 got_per_bfd_arg.max_count = ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info)
4570 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd))
4571 - htab->reserved_gotno);
4572 got_per_bfd_arg.max_pages = pages;
4573 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4574 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_offset below for more
4576 got_per_bfd_arg.global_count = g->global_gotno;
4578 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4579 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4580 to be the primary GOT. */
4581 htab_traverse (g->bfd2got, mips_elf_merge_gots, &got_per_bfd_arg);
4582 if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
4585 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
4586 if (got_per_bfd_arg.primary == NULL)
4588 g->next = (struct mips_got_info *)
4589 bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info));
4590 if (g->next == NULL)
4593 g->next->global_gotsym = NULL;
4594 g->next->global_gotno = 0;
4595 g->next->reloc_only_gotno = 0;
4596 g->next->local_gotno = 0;
4597 g->next->page_gotno = 0;
4598 g->next->tls_gotno = 0;
4599 g->next->assigned_gotno = 0;
4600 g->next->tls_assigned_gotno = 0;
4601 g->next->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE;
4602 g->next->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash,
4603 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq,
4605 if (g->next->got_entries == NULL)
4607 g->next->got_page_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash,
4608 mips_got_page_entry_eq,
4610 if (g->next->got_page_entries == NULL)
4612 g->next->bfd2got = NULL;
4615 g->next = got_per_bfd_arg.primary;
4616 g->next->next = got_per_bfd_arg.current;
4618 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
4622 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
4623 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4624 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4625 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4628 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfdgot;
4631 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)bfd_alloc
4632 (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash));
4639 bfdgotp = htab_find_slot (gg->bfd2got, bfdgot, INSERT);
4641 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp == NULL);
4645 /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4646 present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4647 those that are actually referenced. */
4648 gg->reloc_only_gotno = gg->global_gotno - g->global_gotno;
4649 g->global_gotno = gg->global_gotno;
4651 set_got_offset_arg.g = NULL;
4652 set_got_offset_arg.value = GGA_RELOC_ONLY;
4653 htab_traverse (gg->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
4654 &set_got_offset_arg);
4655 set_got_offset_arg.value = GGA_NORMAL;
4656 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
4657 &set_got_offset_arg);
4659 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4660 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4661 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4662 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
4663 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4664 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
4665 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4666 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4667 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4668 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4669 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
4670 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4671 points back to the master GOT. */
4672 gg->local_gotno = -g->global_gotno;
4673 gg->global_gotno = g->global_gotno;
4680 struct mips_got_info *gn;
4682 assign += htab->reserved_gotno;
4683 g->assigned_gotno = assign;
4684 g->local_gotno += assign;
4685 g->local_gotno += (pages < g->page_gotno ? pages : g->page_gotno);
4686 assign = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno;
4688 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
4689 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
4690 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
4695 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
4696 all non-TLS entries. */
4697 g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno;
4698 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, g);
4700 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
4703 /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
4704 lazy-binding stubs. */
4706 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs, info);
4710 got->size = (gg->next->local_gotno
4711 + gg->next->global_gotno
4712 + gg->next->tls_gotno) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4715 set_got_offset_arg.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4716 set_got_offset_arg.info = info;
4717 for (g = gg->next; g && g->next != gg; g = g->next)
4719 unsigned int save_assign;
4721 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
4722 save_assign = g->assigned_gotno;
4723 g->assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno;
4724 set_got_offset_arg.g = g;
4725 set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs = 0;
4726 htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
4727 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
4728 &set_got_offset_arg);
4729 needed_relocs += set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs;
4730 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno - g->local_gotno <= g->global_gotno);
4732 g->assigned_gotno = save_assign;
4735 needed_relocs += g->local_gotno - g->assigned_gotno;
4736 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno == g->next->local_gotno
4737 + g->next->global_gotno
4738 + g->next->tls_gotno
4739 + htab->reserved_gotno);
4744 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info,
4751 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
4752 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
4754 static const Elf_Internal_Rela *
4755 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int r_type,
4756 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
4757 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
4759 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocation->r_info);
4761 while (relocation < relend)
4763 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_type
4764 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_symndx)
4770 /* We didn't find it. */
4774 /* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
4777 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd *input_bfd,
4778 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
4779 asection **local_sections)
4781 unsigned long r_symndx;
4782 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
4785 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
4786 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
4787 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
4789 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
4791 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd) && local_sections[r_symndx] != NULL)
4797 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
4800 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value, int bits)
4802 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bits - 1)))
4803 /* VALUE is negative. */
4804 value |= ((bfd_vma) - 1) << bits;
4809 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
4810 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
4814 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value, int bits)
4816 bfd_signed_vma svalue = (bfd_signed_vma) value;
4818 if (svalue > (1 << (bits - 1)) - 1)
4819 /* The value is too big. */
4821 else if (svalue < -(1 << (bits - 1)))
4822 /* The value is too small. */
4829 /* Calculate the %high function. */
4832 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value)
4834 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
4837 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
4840 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4843 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
4850 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
4853 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4856 return ((value + (((bfd_vma) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
4863 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
4866 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
4867 (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4870 register asection *s;
4872 if (bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".compact_rel") == NULL)
4874 flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
4877 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".compact_rel", flags);
4879 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
4880 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
4883 s->size = sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel);
4889 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
4892 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4895 register asection *s;
4896 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4897 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
4898 struct mips_got_info *g;
4900 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4902 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4903 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4905 /* This function may be called more than once. */
4909 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
4910 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
4912 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
4913 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
4914 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".got", flags);
4916 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4))
4920 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
4921 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
4922 are not creating a global offset table. */
4924 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4925 (info, abfd, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
4926 0, NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
4929 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
4932 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
4933 elf_hash_table (info)->hgot = h;
4936 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
4939 amt = sizeof (struct mips_got_info);
4940 g = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
4943 g->global_gotsym = NULL;
4944 g->global_gotno = 0;
4945 g->reloc_only_gotno = 0;
4949 g->assigned_gotno = 0;
4952 g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE;
4953 g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
4954 mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
4955 if (g->got_entries == NULL)
4957 g->got_page_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash,
4958 mips_got_page_entry_eq, NULL);
4959 if (g->got_page_entries == NULL)
4962 mips_elf_section_data (s)->elf.this_hdr.sh_flags
4963 |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
4965 /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
4966 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".got.plt",
4967 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
4970 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
4978 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
4979 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
4980 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
4983 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4985 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->is_vxworks
4987 && (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
4988 || strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
4991 /* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
4992 require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
4993 which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
4997 mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd *input_bfd, int r_type,
4998 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p)
5000 /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
5001 where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
5002 necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
5003 is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
5004 the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
5005 if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd))
5012 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
5013 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
5014 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
5015 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
5016 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
5020 return !target_is_16_bit_code_p;
5027 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
5028 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
5029 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
5031 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
5032 On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
5033 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5035 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
5036 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
5037 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
5038 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
5040 static bfd_reloc_status_type
5041 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd *abfd, bfd *input_bfd,
5042 asection *input_section,
5043 struct bfd_link_info *info,
5044 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
5045 bfd_vma addend, reloc_howto_type *howto,
5046 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
5047 asection **local_sections, bfd_vma *valuep,
5049 bfd_boolean *cross_mode_jump_p,
5050 bfd_boolean save_addend)
5052 /* The eventual value we will return. */
5054 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
5057 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
5058 shared object file being produced. */
5060 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
5063 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
5065 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
5066 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
5067 during execution. */
5068 bfd_vma g = MINUS_ONE;
5069 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
5071 asection *sec = NULL;
5072 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
5073 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
5075 bfd_boolean local_p, was_local_p;
5076 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
5077 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p = FALSE;
5078 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
5079 "__gnu_local_gp". */
5080 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p = FALSE;
5081 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5083 unsigned long r_symndx;
5085 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
5086 relocation value. */
5087 bfd_boolean overflowed_p;
5088 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
5089 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
5090 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p = FALSE;
5091 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5094 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5095 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
5096 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
5098 /* Parse the relocation. */
5099 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
5100 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
5101 p = (input_section->output_section->vma
5102 + input_section->output_offset
5103 + relocation->r_offset);
5105 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
5106 overflowed_p = FALSE;
5108 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
5109 used in the array of hash table entries. */
5110 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
5111 local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
5113 was_local_p = local_p;
5114 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
5115 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5118 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
5119 must come before globals. */
5123 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
5126 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
5128 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
5129 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
5131 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5132 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) != STT_SECTION
5133 || (sec->flags & SEC_MERGE))
5134 symbol += sym->st_value;
5135 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
5136 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
5138 addend = _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd, sym, &sec, addend);
5140 addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5143 /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */
5144 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
5147 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5148 *namep = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
5149 symtab_hdr->sh_link,
5152 *namep = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
5154 target_is_16_bit_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other);
5155 target_is_micromips_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym->st_other);
5159 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
5161 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
5162 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
5163 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
5164 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
5165 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5166 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5167 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
5169 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5170 *namep = h->root.root.root.string;
5172 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
5173 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5174 if (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0
5175 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
5177 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
5178 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
5179 if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type))
5180 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5184 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
5185 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5186 else if (strcmp (*namep, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
5187 gnu_local_gp_p = TRUE;
5190 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
5191 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
5192 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
5194 else if ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
5195 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
5196 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
5198 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
5199 if (sec->output_section)
5200 symbol = (h->root.root.u.def.value
5201 + sec->output_section->vma
5202 + sec->output_offset);
5204 symbol = h->root.root.u.def.value;
5206 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5207 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
5208 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
5209 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
5212 else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
5213 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
5215 else if (strcmp (*namep, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd)
5216 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
5218 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
5219 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
5220 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
5221 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
5222 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
5224 BFD_ASSERT (! info->shared);
5225 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") == NULL);
5228 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->root.other))
5230 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
5231 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
5232 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
5233 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
5234 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
5235 which is available from here:
5236 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
5239 else if ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
5240 (info, h->root.root.root.string, input_bfd,
5241 input_section, relocation->r_offset,
5242 (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR)
5243 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other)))
5245 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
5249 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5252 target_is_16_bit_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other);
5253 /* If the output section is the PLT section,
5254 then the target is not microMIPS. */
5255 target_is_micromips_code_p = (htab->splt != sec
5256 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->root.other));
5259 /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
5260 to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
5262 (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
5264 (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
5265 non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
5267 (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
5268 if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26
5269 && !info->relocatable
5271 && h->fn_stub != NULL
5272 && (r_type != R_MIPS16_CALL16 || h->need_fn_stub))
5274 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs != NULL
5275 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
5276 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section))
5278 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
5279 have already noticed that we were going to need the
5283 sec = elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx];
5288 BFD_ASSERT (h->need_fn_stub);
5291 /* If a LA25 header for the stub itself exists, point to the
5292 prepended LUI/ADDIU sequence. */
5293 sec = h->la25_stub->stub_section;
5294 value = h->la25_stub->offset;
5303 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset + value;
5304 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
5305 target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
5307 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
5308 need to redirect the call to the stub. Note that we specifically
5309 exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior; indirect calls should
5310 use an indirect stub instead. */
5311 else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocatable
5312 && ((h != NULL && (h->call_stub != NULL || h->call_fp_stub != NULL))
5314 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs != NULL
5315 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
5316 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
5319 sec = elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx];
5322 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5323 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5325 if (h->call_stub != NULL && h->call_fp_stub != NULL)
5330 for (o = input_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
5332 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd, o)))
5334 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
5341 else if (h->call_stub != NULL)
5344 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
5347 BFD_ASSERT (sec->size > 0);
5348 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5350 /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5352 else if (h != NULL && h->la25_stub
5353 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd, r_type,
5354 target_is_16_bit_code_p))
5355 symbol = (h->la25_stub->stub_section->output_section->vma
5356 + h->la25_stub->stub_section->output_offset
5357 + h->la25_stub->offset);
5359 /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */
5360 if ((r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && target_is_micromips_code_p)
5361 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type) && target_is_16_bit_code_p))
5363 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5364 (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
5365 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5368 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5369 mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
5370 which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
5371 because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
5372 symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
5374 *cross_mode_jump_p = (!info->relocatable
5375 && !(h && h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5376 && ((r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
5377 || (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
5378 && !target_is_micromips_code_p)
5379 || ((r_type == R_MIPS_26 || r_type == R_MIPS_JALR)
5380 && (target_is_16_bit_code_p
5381 || target_is_micromips_code_p))));
5383 local_p = (h == NULL
5384 || (h->got_only_for_calls
5385 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, &h->root)
5386 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root)));
5388 gp0 = _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
5389 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd);
5391 gp += mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd, htab->got_info, input_bfd);
5396 /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
5397 to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
5398 corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */
5399 if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type) && !local_p)
5401 r_type = (micromips_reloc_p (r_type)
5402 ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP : R_MIPS_GOT_DISP);
5406 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
5407 to need it, get it now. */
5410 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
5411 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
5414 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
5415 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
5416 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
5417 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
5418 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
5419 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
5420 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
5421 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
5422 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
5423 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
5424 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
5425 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
5427 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5428 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
5429 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
5430 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5431 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
5432 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
5433 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5434 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
5435 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
5436 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
5438 g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info,
5439 0, 0, NULL, r_type);
5441 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5445 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5446 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
5447 if (htab->is_vxworks
5448 && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type)
5449 || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type)
5450 || call16_reloc_p (r_type)))
5452 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
5453 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.needs_plt);
5454 g = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, &h->root);
5458 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
5459 g = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, input_bfd,
5460 &h->root, r_type, info);
5461 if (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL
5462 && !elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
5463 /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
5464 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj, symbol, htab->sgot->contents + g);
5467 else if (!htab->is_vxworks
5468 && (call16_reloc_p (r_type) || got16_reloc_p (r_type)))
5469 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
5473 g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info,
5474 symbol + addend, r_symndx, h, r_type);
5476 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5479 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
5480 g = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, g);
5484 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5485 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
5486 if (h != NULL && is_gott_symbol (info, &h->root))
5488 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5492 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
5493 loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5495 outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
5496 + input_section->output_offset
5497 + relocation->r_offset);
5498 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->root.dynindx, r_type);
5499 outrel.r_addend = addend;
5500 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, loc);
5502 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5503 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5505 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section))
5506 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5509 return bfd_reloc_ok;
5512 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
5516 return bfd_reloc_continue;
5519 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
5520 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5527 || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
5529 && h->root.def_dynamic
5530 && !h->root.def_regular
5531 && !h->has_static_relocs))
5532 && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
5534 || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5535 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
5536 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5538 /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
5539 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
5540 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
5541 linker. We must do the same for executable references to
5542 shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
5543 relocs or PLTs instead. */
5545 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd,
5553 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
5557 if (r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
5558 value = symbol + addend;
5562 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5566 value = symbol + addend - p;
5567 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5571 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
5572 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
5573 the output file that's different. That's handled in
5574 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
5575 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
5577 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
5581 /* Make sure the target of JALX is word-aligned. Bit 0 must be
5582 the correct ISA mode selector and bit 1 must be 0. */
5583 if (*cross_mode_jump_p && (symbol & 3) != (r_type == R_MIPS_26))
5584 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5586 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */
5587 shift = (!*cross_mode_jump_p && r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1) ? 1 : 2;
5590 value = addend | ((p + 4) & (0xfc000000 << shift));
5592 value = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 26 + shift);
5593 value = (value + symbol) >> shift;
5594 if (!was_local_p && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5595 overflowed_p = (value >> 26) != ((p + 4) >> (26 + shift));
5596 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5600 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
5601 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
5602 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
5603 value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - dtprel_base (info))
5607 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
5608 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32:
5609 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64:
5610 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
5611 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
5612 value = (symbol + addend - dtprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask;
5615 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
5616 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
5617 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
5618 value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - tprel_base (info))
5622 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
5623 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32:
5624 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64:
5625 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
5626 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
5627 value = (symbol + addend - tprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask;
5632 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16:
5635 value = mips_elf_high (addend + symbol);
5636 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5640 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
5641 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
5642 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
5646 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
5647 base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4.
5648 ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address,
5649 so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3. */
5650 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16)
5651 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - ((p + 4) & ~(bfd_vma) 0x3));
5652 /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
5653 instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
5654 incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */
5655 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16)
5656 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p - 1);
5658 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p);
5659 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5665 case R_MICROMIPS_LO16:
5666 case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16:
5668 value = (symbol + addend) & howto->dst_mask;
5671 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
5672 for this conditional. */
5673 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_LO16)
5674 value = addend + gp - (p & ~(bfd_vma) 0x3);
5675 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
5676 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16)
5677 value = addend + gp - p + 3;
5679 value = addend + gp - p + 4;
5680 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
5681 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
5682 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
5683 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
5686 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
5687 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
5690 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
5691 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
5692 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
5693 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
5694 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
5695 not check for overflow here. */
5699 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
5700 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL:
5701 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
5702 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
5703 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
5708 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
5709 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
5710 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
5711 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
5712 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
5713 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
5714 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2:
5715 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16:
5716 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
5717 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
5718 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
5719 if (howto->partial_inplace)
5720 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
5721 value = symbol + addend - gp;
5722 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
5723 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
5724 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
5725 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
5729 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5732 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
5733 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
5736 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
5737 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
5738 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
5739 R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
5740 if (!htab->is_vxworks && local_p)
5742 value = mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd, input_bfd, info,
5743 symbol + addend, !was_local_p);
5744 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
5745 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5747 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, value);
5748 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5755 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5756 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
5757 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
5758 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
5759 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5760 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
5761 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
5762 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5763 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
5764 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
5766 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5769 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
5770 value = (addend + symbol + gp0 - gp);
5772 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5776 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2:
5777 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 18) - p;
5778 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 18);
5779 value >>= howto->rightshift;
5780 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5783 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
5784 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 8) - p;
5785 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 8);
5786 value >>= howto->rightshift;
5787 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5790 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
5791 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 11) - p;
5792 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 11);
5793 value >>= howto->rightshift;
5794 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5797 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
5798 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 17) - p;
5799 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 17);
5800 value >>= howto->rightshift;
5801 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5804 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
5805 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 25) - ((p | 3) ^ 3);
5806 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 25);
5807 value >>= howto->rightshift;
5808 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5811 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
5812 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
5813 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
5814 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
5815 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
5816 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
5817 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
5819 value = mips_elf_high (value);
5820 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5823 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
5824 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
5825 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
5826 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
5827 value = g & howto->dst_mask;
5830 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
5831 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
5832 value = mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, NULL);
5833 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
5834 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5835 value = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, value);
5836 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5839 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
5840 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
5842 mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, &value);
5845 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5849 case R_MICROMIPS_SUB:
5850 value = symbol - addend;
5851 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5855 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER:
5856 value = mips_elf_higher (addend + symbol);
5857 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5860 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
5861 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST:
5862 value = mips_elf_highest (addend + symbol);
5863 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5866 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP:
5867 case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP:
5868 value = symbol + addend - sec->output_offset;
5869 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5873 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR:
5874 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
5875 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
5876 when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
5877 if (h != NULL && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, &h->root))
5878 return bfd_reloc_continue;
5879 value = symbol + addend;
5883 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
5884 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
5885 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
5886 return bfd_reloc_continue;
5889 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
5890 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5893 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
5895 return overflowed_p ? bfd_reloc_overflow : bfd_reloc_ok;
5898 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
5901 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type *howto,
5902 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
5903 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_byte *contents)
5906 bfd_byte *location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
5908 /* Obtain the bytes. */
5909 x = bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto)), input_bfd, location);
5914 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
5915 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
5916 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
5918 CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
5919 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5921 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
5924 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5925 reloc_howto_type *howto,
5926 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
5927 bfd_vma value, bfd *input_bfd,
5928 asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
5929 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p)
5933 int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
5935 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
5936 location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
5938 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
5940 /* Obtain the current value. */
5941 x = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, relocation, input_bfd, contents);
5943 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
5944 x &= ~howto->dst_mask;
5946 /* Set the field. */
5947 x |= (value & howto->dst_mask);
5949 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
5950 if (cross_mode_jump_p && jal_reloc_p (r_type))
5953 bfd_vma opcode = x >> 26;
5954 bfd_vma jalx_opcode;
5956 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
5957 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
5959 ok = ((opcode == 0x6) || (opcode == 0x7));
5962 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1)
5964 ok = ((opcode == 0x3d) || (opcode == 0x3c));
5969 ok = ((opcode == 0x3) || (opcode == 0x1d));
5973 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. We cannot
5974 convert J or JALS to JALX. */
5977 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5978 (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: Unsupported jump between ISA modes; consider recompiling with interlinking enabled."),
5981 (unsigned long) relocation->r_offset);
5982 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5986 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
5987 x = (x & ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode << 26);
5990 /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
5992 if (!info->relocatable
5993 && !cross_mode_jump_p
5994 && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd)
5995 && r_type == R_MIPS_26
5996 && (x >> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
5997 || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd)
5998 && r_type == R_MIPS_JALR
5999 && x == 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
6000 || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd)
6001 && r_type == R_MIPS_JALR
6002 && x == 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 */
6008 addr = (input_section->output_section->vma
6009 + input_section->output_offset
6010 + relocation->r_offset
6012 if (r_type == R_MIPS_26)
6013 dest = (value << 2) | ((addr >> 28) << 28);
6017 if (off <= 0x1ffff && off >= -0x20000)
6019 if (x == 0x03200008) /* jr t9 */
6020 x = 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
6022 x = 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
6026 /* Put the value into the output. */
6027 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto), input_bfd, x, location);
6029 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd, r_type, !info->relocatable,
6035 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
6036 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
6037 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
6038 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
6041 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
6042 struct bfd_link_info *info,
6043 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
6044 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6045 asection *sec, bfd_vma symbol,
6046 bfd_vma *addendp, asection *input_section)
6048 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel[3];
6053 bfd_boolean defined_p;
6054 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
6056 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
6057 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
6059 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
6060 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
6061 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
6062 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL);
6063 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->contents != NULL);
6064 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->reloc_count * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd)
6067 outrel[0].r_offset =
6068 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[0].r_offset);
6069 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
6071 outrel[1].r_offset =
6072 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[1].r_offset);
6073 outrel[2].r_offset =
6074 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[2].r_offset);
6077 if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_ONE)
6078 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
6081 if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_TWO)
6083 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
6084 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
6085 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
6090 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
6091 in the relocation. */
6092 if (h != NULL && ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root))
6094 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks || h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE);
6095 indx = h->root.dynindx;
6096 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6097 defined_p = h->root.def_regular;
6099 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
6100 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
6101 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
6102 undefined symbols. */
6107 if (sec != NULL && bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
6109 else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
6111 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6116 indx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
6119 asection *osec = htab->root.text_index_section;
6120 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
6126 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
6127 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
6128 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
6129 local symbols because we used to generate them
6130 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
6131 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
6132 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
6133 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
6134 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
6135 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
6137 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
6138 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
6139 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
6140 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
6141 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6146 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
6147 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
6148 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
6149 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
6150 if (defined_p && r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
6153 if (htab->is_vxworks)
6154 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
6155 outrel[0].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_MIPS_32);
6157 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
6158 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
6159 outrel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, (unsigned long) indx,
6162 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
6163 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
6164 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
6165 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
6166 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
6167 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
6168 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
6169 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
6170 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
6171 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
6172 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
6173 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
6174 outrel[1].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0,
6175 ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
6178 outrel[2].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_NONE);
6180 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
6181 correct location in the output file. */
6182 outrel[0].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
6183 + input_section->output_offset);
6184 outrel[1].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
6185 + input_section->output_offset);
6186 outrel[2].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
6187 + input_section->output_offset);
6189 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
6190 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
6191 relocation format is non-standard. */
6192 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
6194 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
6195 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
6197 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
6199 else if (htab->is_vxworks)
6201 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
6202 outrel[0].r_addend = *addendp;
6203 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
6204 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
6206 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)));
6209 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
6210 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
6211 (sreloc->contents + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
6213 /* We've now added another relocation. */
6214 ++sreloc->reloc_count;
6216 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
6217 will be writing to it. */
6218 elf_section_data (input_section->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_flags
6221 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
6222 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5)
6224 asection *scpt = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
6229 Elf32_crinfo cptrel;
6231 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel, CRF_MIPS_LONG);
6232 cptrel.vaddr = (rel->r_offset
6233 + input_section->output_section->vma
6234 + input_section->output_offset);
6235 if (r_type == R_MIPS_REL32)
6236 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_REL32);
6238 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_WORD);
6239 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel, 0);
6240 cptrel.konst = *addendp;
6242 cr = (scpt->contents
6243 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
6244 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel, 0);
6245 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd, &cptrel,
6246 ((Elf32_External_crinfo *) cr
6247 + scpt->reloc_count));
6248 ++scpt->reloc_count;
6252 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
6253 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
6255 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section))
6256 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
6261 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
6264 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags)
6266 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_MACH)
6268 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900:
6269 return bfd_mach_mips3900;
6271 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010:
6272 return bfd_mach_mips4010;
6274 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100:
6275 return bfd_mach_mips4100;
6277 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111:
6278 return bfd_mach_mips4111;
6280 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120:
6281 return bfd_mach_mips4120;
6283 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650:
6284 return bfd_mach_mips4650;
6286 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400:
6287 return bfd_mach_mips5400;
6289 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500:
6290 return bfd_mach_mips5500;
6292 case E_MIPS_MACH_5900:
6293 return bfd_mach_mips5900;
6295 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000:
6296 return bfd_mach_mips9000;
6298 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1:
6299 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1;
6301 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E:
6302 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e;
6304 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F:
6305 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f;
6307 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A:
6308 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a;
6310 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2:
6311 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2;
6313 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON:
6314 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon;
6316 case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR:
6317 return bfd_mach_mips_xlr;
6320 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH)
6324 return bfd_mach_mips3000;
6327 return bfd_mach_mips6000;
6330 return bfd_mach_mips4000;
6333 return bfd_mach_mips8000;
6336 return bfd_mach_mips5;
6338 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32:
6339 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32;
6341 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64:
6342 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64;
6344 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2:
6345 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2;
6347 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2:
6348 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2;
6355 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
6357 static INLINE char *
6358 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd *abfd)
6362 flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
6363 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
6366 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
6368 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
6372 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32:
6374 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64:
6376 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32:
6378 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64:
6381 return "unknown abi";
6385 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
6386 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
6387 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
6388 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
6389 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
6390 static asection mips_elf_scom_section;
6391 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol;
6392 static asymbol *mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
6394 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
6395 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
6396 definition in a shared library. */
6397 static asection mips_elf_acom_section;
6398 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol;
6399 static asymbol *mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
6401 /* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6404 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd *abfd, asymbol *asym)
6406 elf_symbol_type *elfsym;
6408 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
6409 elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) asym;
6410 switch (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx)
6412 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
6413 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
6414 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
6415 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
6416 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
6417 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
6418 if (mips_elf_acom_section.name == NULL)
6420 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
6421 mips_elf_acom_section.name = ".acommon";
6422 mips_elf_acom_section.flags = SEC_ALLOC;
6423 mips_elf_acom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
6424 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
6425 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
6426 mips_elf_acom_symbol.name = ".acommon";
6427 mips_elf_acom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
6428 mips_elf_acom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
6429 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
6431 asym->section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
6435 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6436 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
6437 if (asym->value > elf_gp_size (abfd)
6438 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STT_TLS
6439 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
6442 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
6443 if (mips_elf_scom_section.name == NULL)
6445 /* Initialize the small common section. */
6446 mips_elf_scom_section.name = ".scommon";
6447 mips_elf_scom_section.flags = SEC_IS_COMMON;
6448 mips_elf_scom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
6449 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
6450 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
6451 mips_elf_scom_symbol.name = ".scommon";
6452 mips_elf_scom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
6453 mips_elf_scom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
6454 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
6456 asym->section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
6457 asym->value = elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
6460 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
6461 asym->section = bfd_und_section_ptr;
6466 asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".text");
6468 if (section != NULL)
6470 asym->section = section;
6471 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6472 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
6473 base address to make it an offset. */
6474 asym->value -= section->vma;
6481 asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".data");
6483 if (section != NULL)
6485 asym->section = section;
6486 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6487 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
6488 base address to make it an offset. */
6489 asym->value -= section->vma;
6495 /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16
6496 or microMIPS one. */
6497 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STT_FUNC
6498 && (asym->value & 1) != 0)
6501 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS)
6502 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other
6503 = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other);
6505 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other
6506 = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other);
6510 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
6511 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
6513 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
6514 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
6515 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
6516 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
6517 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
6519 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
6520 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
6521 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
6522 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
6524 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
6525 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
6526 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
6527 We therefore take the following approach:
6529 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
6530 determine the pointer size.
6532 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
6533 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
6537 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
6538 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
6539 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
6540 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
6541 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
6543 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
6544 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
6548 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
6550 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
6552 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
6554 bfd_boolean long32_p, long64_p;
6556 long32_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
6557 long64_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
6558 if (long32_p && long64_p)
6565 if (sec->reloc_count > 0
6566 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != NULL
6567 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs[0].r_info)
6576 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
6577 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
6578 same address. For example, if we have code like:
6580 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
6581 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
6584 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
6585 will jump there rather than to .text.
6587 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
6588 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
6591 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd *abfd)
6593 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd);
6596 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
6597 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
6598 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
6602 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr)
6604 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
6605 && hdr->sh_size > 0)
6609 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
6610 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->contents == NULL);
6613 hdr->sh_offset + sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4,
6616 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
6617 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
6621 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
6622 && hdr->bfd_section != NULL
6623 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section) != NULL
6624 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata != NULL)
6626 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
6628 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
6629 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
6630 so that we don't have to read them again.
6631 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
6632 through the section contents to see if there is an
6633 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
6635 contents = mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata;
6637 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
6638 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
6640 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
6642 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
6644 if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options))
6646 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6647 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6648 abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size);
6651 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
6658 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
6659 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo) - 8)),
6662 H_PUT_64 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
6663 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 8, abfd) != 8)
6666 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
6673 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
6674 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4)),
6677 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
6678 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
6685 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
6687 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section);
6689 /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
6690 prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
6691 changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
6692 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
6693 are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
6694 input file, and without special handling here the flags set
6695 on it in an input file will be followed. */
6696 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
6697 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0
6698 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0)
6700 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
6701 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
6703 else if (strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0)
6705 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
6706 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
6708 else if (strcmp (name, ".compact_rel") == 0)
6711 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
6713 else if (strcmp (name, ".rtproc") == 0)
6715 if (hdr->sh_addralign != 0 && hdr->sh_entsize == 0)
6717 unsigned int adjust;
6719 adjust = hdr->sh_size % hdr->sh_addralign;
6721 hdr->sh_size += hdr->sh_addralign - adjust;
6729 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
6730 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
6731 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
6733 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
6737 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
6738 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
6744 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
6745 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
6746 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
6747 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
6748 probably get away with this. */
6749 switch (hdr->sh_type)
6751 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
6752 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") != 0)
6756 if (strcmp (name, ".msym") != 0)
6759 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
6760 if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") != 0)
6763 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
6764 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."))
6767 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE:
6768 if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") != 0)
6771 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG:
6772 if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") != 0)
6774 flags = SEC_DEBUGGING;
6776 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO:
6777 if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") != 0
6778 || hdr->sh_size != sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo))
6780 flags = (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE);
6782 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE:
6783 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
6786 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
6787 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"))
6790 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
6791 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
6794 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF:
6795 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_")
6796 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".zdebug_"))
6799 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
6800 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
6803 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
6804 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events")
6805 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
6812 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
6817 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
6818 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd,
6824 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
6826 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
6827 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
6828 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
6829 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
6830 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO)
6832 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
6835 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
6836 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
6838 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd, &ext, &s);
6839 elf_gp (abfd) = s.ri_gp_value;
6842 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
6843 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
6844 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
6845 they should agree. */
6846 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
6848 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
6850 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
6851 if (contents == NULL)
6853 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, contents,
6860 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
6861 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
6863 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
6865 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
6867 if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options))
6869 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6870 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6871 abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size);
6874 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
6876 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg;
6878 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
6880 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo *)
6881 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
6883 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
6885 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
6887 Elf32_RegInfo intreg;
6889 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
6891 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo *)
6892 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
6894 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
6904 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
6905 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
6906 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6909 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *sec)
6911 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
6913 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") == 0)
6915 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST;
6916 hdr->sh_info = sec->size / sizeof (Elf32_Lib);
6917 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
6919 else if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") == 0)
6920 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT;
6921 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."))
6923 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_GPTAB;
6924 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
6925 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
6927 else if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") == 0)
6928 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_UCODE;
6929 else if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") == 0)
6931 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DEBUG;
6932 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
6933 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
6934 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
6935 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
6937 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
6939 else if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") == 0)
6941 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_REGINFO;
6942 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
6943 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
6944 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
6946 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
6947 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
6949 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
6952 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
6954 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
6955 && (strcmp (name, ".hash") == 0
6956 || strcmp (name, ".dynamic") == 0
6957 || strcmp (name, ".dynstr") == 0))
6959 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
6960 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
6962 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
6963 hdr->sh_info = SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES;
6966 else if (strcmp (name, ".got") == 0
6967 || strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0
6968 || strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
6969 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0
6970 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0
6971 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0)
6972 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
6973 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
6975 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_IFACE;
6976 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
6978 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"))
6980 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONTENT;
6981 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
6982 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
6984 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
6986 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
6987 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
6988 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
6990 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_")
6991 || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".zdebug_"))
6993 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DWARF;
6995 /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
6996 per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
6997 doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
6998 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_frame"))
6999 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
7001 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
7003 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB;
7004 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
7005 final_write_processing. */
7007 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events")
7008 || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7010 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_EVENTS;
7011 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
7012 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7014 else if (strcmp (name, ".msym") == 0)
7016 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_MSYM;
7017 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
7018 hdr->sh_entsize = 8;
7021 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
7022 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
7023 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
7024 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
7025 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
7030 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
7031 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
7032 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
7033 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
7034 the .scommon section. */
7037 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7038 asection *sec, int *retval)
7040 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".scommon") == 0)
7042 *retval = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
7045 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".acommon") == 0)
7047 *retval = SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON;
7053 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
7054 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
7057 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
7058 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, const char **namep,
7059 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7060 asection **secp, bfd_vma *valp)
7062 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
7063 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
7064 && strcmp (*namep, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
7066 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
7071 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
7072 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
7073 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
7074 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
7075 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
7076 is not done for them. */
7078 && (sym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
7079 && (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0))
7085 switch (sym->st_shndx)
7088 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
7089 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
7090 if (sym->st_size > elf_gp_size (abfd)
7091 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_TLS
7092 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
7095 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
7096 *secp = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".scommon");
7097 (*secp)->flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON;
7098 *valp = sym->st_size;
7102 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7103 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section == NULL)
7105 asymbol *elf_text_symbol;
7106 asection *elf_text_section;
7107 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
7109 elf_text_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7110 if (elf_text_section == NULL)
7113 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
7114 elf_text_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7115 if (elf_text_symbol == NULL)
7118 /* Initialize the section. */
7120 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section = elf_text_section;
7121 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol = elf_text_symbol;
7123 elf_text_section->symbol = elf_text_symbol;
7124 elf_text_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol;
7126 elf_text_section->name = ".text";
7127 elf_text_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
7128 elf_text_section->output_section = NULL;
7129 elf_text_section->owner = abfd;
7130 elf_text_symbol->name = ".text";
7131 elf_text_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
7132 elf_text_symbol->section = elf_text_section;
7134 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7135 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7136 so I took it out. */
7137 *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section;
7140 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
7141 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
7143 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7144 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section == NULL)
7146 asymbol *elf_data_symbol;
7147 asection *elf_data_section;
7148 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
7150 elf_data_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7151 if (elf_data_section == NULL)
7154 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
7155 elf_data_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7156 if (elf_data_symbol == NULL)
7159 /* Initialize the section. */
7161 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section = elf_data_section;
7162 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol = elf_data_symbol;
7164 elf_data_section->symbol = elf_data_symbol;
7165 elf_data_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol;
7167 elf_data_section->name = ".data";
7168 elf_data_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
7169 elf_data_section->output_section = NULL;
7170 elf_data_section->owner = abfd;
7171 elf_data_symbol->name = ".data";
7172 elf_data_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
7173 elf_data_symbol->section = elf_data_section;
7175 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7176 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7177 so I took it out. */
7178 *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section;
7181 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
7182 *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr;
7186 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
7188 && info->output_bfd->xvec == abfd->xvec
7189 && strcmp (*namep, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
7191 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7192 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
7194 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
7196 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7197 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, *secp, *valp, NULL, FALSE,
7198 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7201 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7204 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
7206 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7209 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head = TRUE;
7210 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol = h;
7213 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
7214 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
7215 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
7216 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
7222 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
7223 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
7224 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
7227 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
7228 (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7229 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
7230 asection *input_sec, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7232 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
7233 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
7234 common in the output file. */
7235 if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
7236 && strcmp (input_sec->name, ".scommon") == 0)
7237 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
7239 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
7240 sym->st_value &= ~1;
7245 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
7247 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
7250 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7252 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7253 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
7255 register asection *s;
7256 const char * const *namep;
7257 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
7259 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
7260 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
7262 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
7263 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
7265 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
7267 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
7269 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynamic");
7272 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags))
7277 /* We need to create .got section. */
7278 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info))
7281 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE))
7284 /* Create .stub section. */
7285 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
7286 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd),
7289 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
7290 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
7294 if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
7296 && bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rld_map") == NULL)
7298 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rld_map",
7299 flags &~ (flagword) SEC_READONLY);
7301 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
7302 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
7306 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
7307 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
7308 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
7309 the linker takes such action. */
7310 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
7312 for (namep = mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names; *namep != NULL; namep++)
7315 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7316 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_und_section_ptr, 0,
7317 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7320 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7323 h->type = STT_SECTION;
7325 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7329 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
7330 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
7332 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd, info))
7336 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
7337 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".hash");
7339 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7340 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynsym");
7342 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7343 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynstr");
7345 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7347 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
7349 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7350 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynamic");
7352 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7359 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
7361 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7362 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_abs_section_ptr, 0,
7363 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7366 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7369 h->type = STT_SECTION;
7371 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7374 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head)
7376 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
7377 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
7378 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
7379 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
7380 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rld_map");
7381 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7383 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
7385 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7386 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, s, 0, NULL, FALSE,
7387 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7390 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7393 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
7395 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7397 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol = h;
7401 /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
7402 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE symbol. */
7403 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
7406 /* Cache the sections created above. */
7407 htab->splt = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".plt");
7408 htab->sdynbss = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynbss");
7409 if (htab->is_vxworks)
7411 htab->srelbss = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rela.bss");
7412 htab->srelplt = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rela.plt");
7415 htab->srelplt = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rel.plt");
7417 || (htab->is_vxworks && !htab->srelbss && !info->shared)
7422 if (htab->is_vxworks)
7424 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
7425 if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
7428 /* Work out the PLT sizes. */
7431 htab->plt_header_size
7432 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry);
7433 htab->plt_entry_size
7434 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry);
7438 htab->plt_header_size
7439 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry);
7440 htab->plt_entry_size
7441 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry);
7444 else if (!info->shared)
7446 /* All variants of the plt0 entry are the same size. */
7447 htab->plt_header_size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
7448 htab->plt_entry_size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry);
7454 /* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
7455 RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
7456 ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
7459 mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
7460 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
7461 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
7463 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
7464 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7466 /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
7467 fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
7468 rel_hdr = elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr;
7469 if (rel_hdr == NULL)
7471 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7472 return ((size_t) (rel - relocs)
7473 < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr) * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel);
7476 /* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
7477 HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
7478 of the section that REL is against. */
7481 mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
7482 reloc_howto_type *howto, bfd_byte *contents)
7485 unsigned int r_type;
7488 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
7489 location = contents + rel->r_offset;
7491 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7492 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
7493 addend = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, rel, abfd, contents);
7494 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
7496 return addend & howto->src_mask;
7499 /* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
7500 and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
7501 and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
7502 or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
7503 upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
7506 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd *abfd,
7507 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
7508 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend,
7509 bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma *addend)
7511 unsigned int r_type, lo16_type;
7512 const Elf_Internal_Rela *lo16_relocation;
7513 reloc_howto_type *lo16_howto;
7516 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
7517 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type))
7518 lo16_type = R_MIPS16_LO16;
7519 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type))
7520 lo16_type = R_MICROMIPS_LO16;
7522 lo16_type = R_MIPS_LO16;
7524 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
7525 sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
7526 code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
7529 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
7531 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
7532 be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
7533 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
7534 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
7535 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
7536 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
7538 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
7539 the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
7540 the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
7541 lo16_relocation = mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd, lo16_type, rel, relend);
7542 if (lo16_relocation == NULL)
7545 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
7546 lo16_howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, lo16_type, FALSE);
7547 l = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd, lo16_relocation, lo16_howto, contents);
7549 l <<= lo16_howto->rightshift;
7550 l = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l, 16);
7557 /* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
7558 store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
7559 already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
7562 mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_byte **contents)
7567 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
7568 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
7570 *contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
7574 return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, contents);
7577 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
7578 allocate space in the global offset table. */
7581 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
7582 asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
7586 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
7587 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
7589 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
7590 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
7592 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7593 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
7596 reloc_howto_type *howto;
7598 if (info->relocatable)
7601 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
7602 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
7604 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
7605 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
7606 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
7607 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7609 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7610 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
7612 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
7614 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
7615 if (FN_STUB_P (name))
7617 unsigned long r_symndx;
7619 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7622 r_symndx = mips16_stub_symndx (bed, sec, relocs, rel_end);
7625 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7626 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7627 " stub section `%s'"),
7629 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7633 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
7634 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
7638 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
7639 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
7640 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
7641 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
7643 Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
7644 const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
7646 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
7647 if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
7648 || o->reloc_count == 0
7649 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o))
7653 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
7655 if (sec_relocs == NULL)
7658 rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
7659 for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
7660 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
7661 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info)))
7664 if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
7673 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
7674 not need it. Since this function is called before
7675 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
7676 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
7678 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
7682 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
7684 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs == NULL)
7686 unsigned long symcount;
7690 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
7691 symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
7693 symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7694 amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
7695 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7698 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs = n;
7701 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7702 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
7704 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
7705 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
7706 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
7707 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
7711 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7713 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
7714 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
7716 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
7717 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
7718 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
7720 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
7722 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
7723 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
7724 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
7725 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
7726 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
7727 if (h->fn_stub != NULL)
7729 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
7733 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7735 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
7738 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name))
7740 unsigned long r_symndx;
7741 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7744 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7747 r_symndx = mips16_stub_symndx (bed, sec, relocs, rel_end);
7750 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7751 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7752 " stub section `%s'"),
7754 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7758 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
7759 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
7763 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
7764 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
7765 that refers to this symbol. */
7766 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
7768 Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
7769 const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
7771 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
7772 if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
7773 || o->reloc_count == 0
7774 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o))
7778 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
7780 if (sec_relocs == NULL)
7783 rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
7784 for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
7785 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
7786 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info) == R_MIPS16_26)
7789 if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
7798 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
7799 not need it. Since this function is called before
7800 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
7801 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
7803 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
7807 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
7809 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs == NULL)
7811 unsigned long symcount;
7815 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
7816 symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
7818 symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7819 amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
7820 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7823 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs = n;
7826 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7827 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
7829 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
7830 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
7831 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
7832 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
7836 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
7837 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
7839 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
7841 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name))
7842 loc = &h->call_fp_stub;
7844 loc = &h->call_stub;
7846 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
7847 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
7848 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
7849 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
7850 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
7853 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
7857 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7859 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
7865 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; ++rel)
7867 unsigned long r_symndx;
7868 unsigned int r_type;
7869 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7870 bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p;
7872 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, rel->r_info);
7873 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
7875 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
7877 else if (r_symndx >= extsymoff + NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr))
7879 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7880 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
7882 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7887 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff];
7889 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
7890 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning))
7891 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
7894 /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
7895 relocation into a dynamic one. */
7896 can_make_dynamic_p = FALSE;
7901 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
7902 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
7903 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
7904 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
7905 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
7906 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
7907 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
7908 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
7910 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
7911 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
7912 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
7913 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
7914 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
7915 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
7916 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
7917 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
7918 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
7919 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
7920 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
7921 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
7922 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
7923 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
7924 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
7925 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
7926 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
7927 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
7929 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
7930 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
7932 if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
7934 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7935 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
7936 abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
7937 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7942 /* This is just a hint; it can safely be ignored. Don't set
7943 has_static_relocs for the corresponding symbol. */
7945 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR:
7951 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
7952 must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
7953 possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
7955 For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
7956 choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
7957 one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
7958 usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
7959 against a read-only section. */
7962 && !htab->is_vxworks
7963 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
7964 && !(!info->nocopyreloc
7965 && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd)
7966 && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))))
7967 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
7969 can_make_dynamic_p = TRUE;
7971 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
7974 /* For sections that are not SEC_ALLOC a copy reloc would be
7975 output if possible (implying questionable semantics for
7976 read-only data objects) or otherwise the final link would
7977 fail as ld.so will not process them and could not therefore
7978 handle any outstanding dynamic relocations.
7980 For such sections that are also SEC_DEBUGGING, we can avoid
7981 these problems by simply ignoring any relocs as these
7982 sections have a predefined use and we know it is safe to do
7985 This is needed in cases such as a global symbol definition
7986 in a shared library causing a common symbol from an object
7987 file to be converted to an undefined reference. If that
7988 happens, then all the relocations against this symbol from
7989 SEC_DEBUGGING sections in the object file will resolve to
7991 if ((sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
7996 /* Most static relocations require pointer equality, except
7999 h->pointer_equality_needed = TRUE;
8005 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
8006 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
8007 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
8008 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
8009 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
8011 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->has_static_relocs = TRUE;
8017 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
8018 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
8019 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
8020 if (is_gott_symbol (info, h))
8024 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE);
8028 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
8029 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
8030 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8031 relocations against the text segment. */
8032 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
8035 else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type)
8036 || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type)
8037 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type)
8038 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type) && htab->is_vxworks))
8040 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
8041 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
8042 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
8043 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
8044 R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
8045 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
8046 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
8047 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
8048 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
8049 rel->r_addend, info, 0))
8054 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd, r_type,
8055 ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->other)))
8056 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->has_nonpic_branches = TRUE;
8061 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
8062 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
8065 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8066 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
8067 abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
8068 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8073 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
8074 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
8075 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
8076 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
8079 /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
8080 function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
8081 a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
8082 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, TRUE, 0))
8085 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
8086 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
8087 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
8093 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
8094 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
8095 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
8096 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
8099 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips =
8100 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8102 /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
8103 if (hmips->root.def_regular
8104 && ! (info->shared && ! info->symbolic
8105 && ! hmips->root.forced_local))
8110 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
8112 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
8113 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
8114 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
8115 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
8116 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
8117 if (!h || got_page_reloc_p (r_type))
8119 /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
8120 page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
8121 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
8123 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd, sec, relocs, rel))
8125 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, &contents))
8127 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, r_type, FALSE);
8128 addend = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd, rel,
8130 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type))
8131 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd, rel, rel_end,
8134 addend <<= howto->rightshift;
8137 addend = rel->r_addend;
8138 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (info, abfd, r_symndx,
8144 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
8145 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
8146 if (h && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info,
8151 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8152 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8153 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8155 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
8158 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
8159 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
8160 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
8161 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
8163 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
8169 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
8170 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
8171 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
8172 for TLS GD relocations. */
8176 flag = (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type)
8178 : tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type) ? GOT_TLS_LDM : GOT_TLS_IE);
8181 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips =
8182 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8183 hmips->tls_type |= flag;
8185 if (h && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info,
8191 BFD_ASSERT (flag == GOT_TLS_LDM || r_symndx != STN_UNDEF);
8193 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
8204 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8205 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
8206 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
8207 if (can_make_dynamic_p)
8211 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE);
8215 if (info->shared && h == NULL)
8217 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
8218 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
8219 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
8220 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
8221 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
8222 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8223 relocations against the text segment. */
8224 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
8228 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
8230 /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
8231 unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
8232 weak with non-default visibility, in which case
8233 it will be left as zero.
8235 We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
8236 in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
8238 For an executable, we only need to copy this
8239 reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
8241 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8242 ++hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
8243 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
8244 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
8245 are relocations against the text segment. */
8246 hmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
8250 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
8251 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
8252 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
8256 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
8257 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
8258 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
8259 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
8260 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16:
8261 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL:
8262 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2:
8263 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
8264 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
8265 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
8268 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
8269 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
8270 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
8271 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
8275 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
8276 used. Record for later use during GC. */
8277 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
8278 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
8280 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
8288 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
8289 related to taking the function's address. This doesn't apply to
8290 VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer to a .got.plt entry instead of
8291 a normal .got entry. */
8292 if (!htab->is_vxworks && h != NULL)
8296 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
8298 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
8300 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
8301 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
8303 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
8304 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
8305 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
8306 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR:
8310 /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
8311 if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
8312 we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
8313 when processing the stub's relocations. */
8315 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type)
8316 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec))
8318 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
8320 mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8321 mh->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
8324 /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
8325 shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
8326 not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
8327 will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
8328 combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
8336 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
8337 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16:
8338 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER:
8339 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST:
8340 /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
8341 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
8342 if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF)
8345 /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
8346 and has a special meaning. */
8347 if (!NEWABI_P (abfd) && h != NULL
8348 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_gp_disp") == 0)
8351 /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
8352 if (is_gott_symbol (info, h))
8359 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
8360 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, r_type, FALSE);
8361 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8362 (_("%B: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
8364 (h) ? h->root.root.string : "a local symbol");
8365 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8377 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
8378 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
8381 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
8382 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
8383 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
8384 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
8386 bfd_boolean changed_contents = FALSE;
8387 bfd_vma sec_start = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
8388 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
8390 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
8393 if (link_info->relocatable)
8396 internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
8397 link_info->keep_memory);
8398 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
8401 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count
8402 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
8403 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
8404 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
8406 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
8409 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset;
8410 unsigned int r_type;
8411 unsigned long r_symndx;
8413 unsigned long instruction;
8415 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
8416 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
8417 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
8418 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, irel->r_info);
8419 if (r_type != R_MIPS_JALR)
8422 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, irel->r_info);
8423 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
8424 if (r_symndx >= extsymoff)
8426 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h
8427 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
8428 elf_sym_hashes (abfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
8430 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
8431 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
8432 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
8434 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
8436 if (! ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
8437 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
8438 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
8439 || (link_info->shared && ! link_info->symbolic
8440 && !h->root.forced_local))
8443 sym_sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
8444 if (sym_sec->output_section)
8445 symval = (h->root.root.u.def.value
8446 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
8447 + sym_sec->output_offset);
8449 symval = h->root.root.u.def.value;
8453 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
8455 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
8456 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
8458 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
8459 if (isymbuf == NULL)
8460 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
8461 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
8463 if (isymbuf == NULL)
8467 isym = isymbuf + r_symndx;
8468 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
8470 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
8471 sym_sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
8472 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
8473 sym_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
8476 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
8477 symval = isym->st_value
8478 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
8479 + sym_sec->output_offset;
8482 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
8484 sym_offset = (symval + irel->r_addend)
8485 - (sec_start + irel->r_offset + 4);
8487 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
8488 if ((sym_offset & 3) != 0)
8493 /* Check that it's in range. */
8494 if (sym_offset < -0x8000 || sym_offset >= 0x8000)
8497 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
8498 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, &contents))
8501 instruction = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset);
8503 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
8504 if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
8505 instruction = 0x04110000;
8506 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
8507 else if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
8508 instruction = 0x10000000;
8512 instruction |= (sym_offset & 0xffff);
8513 bfd_put_32 (abfd, instruction, contents + irel->r_offset);
8514 changed_contents = TRUE;
8517 if (contents != NULL
8518 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
8520 if (!changed_contents && !link_info->keep_memory)
8524 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
8525 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
8531 if (contents != NULL
8532 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
8537 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
8540 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
8542 struct bfd_link_info *info = inf;
8544 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
8545 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8547 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8548 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8550 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8551 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8553 /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
8554 allocate relocations in shared objects. */
8555 if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
8558 /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
8559 will be redirected to the target symbol. */
8560 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
8563 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
8564 a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
8565 R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
8566 if (! info->relocatable
8567 && hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs != 0
8568 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
8569 || (!h->def_regular && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h))
8572 bfd_boolean do_copy = TRUE;
8574 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
8576 /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols with
8577 non-default visibility. */
8578 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
8581 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
8583 else if (h->dynindx == -1 && !h->forced_local)
8585 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
8592 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
8593 the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
8594 index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
8595 relocations against it.
8597 VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
8598 and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
8600 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
8602 if (hmips->global_got_area > GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
8603 hmips->global_got_area = GGA_RELOC_ONLY;
8604 hmips->got_only_for_calls = FALSE;
8607 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
8608 (dynobj, info, hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs);
8609 if (hmips->readonly_reloc)
8610 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
8611 against the text segment. */
8612 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
8619 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
8620 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
8621 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
8622 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
8626 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
8627 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
8630 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
8631 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8633 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8634 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8636 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8637 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8639 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
8640 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
8642 || h->u.weakdef != NULL
8645 && !h->def_regular)));
8647 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8649 /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
8650 see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
8651 only do this if all references to the function are through call
8652 relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
8653 are much more efficient than PLT entries.
8655 Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
8656 VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
8657 if (!htab->is_vxworks && h->needs_plt && !hmips->no_fn_stub)
8659 if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
8662 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
8663 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
8664 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
8665 executable and the shared library. */
8666 if (!h->def_regular)
8668 hmips->needs_lazy_stub = TRUE;
8669 htab->lazy_stub_count++;
8673 /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
8674 functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
8676 Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
8677 are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
8678 This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
8679 branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
8680 used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
8681 for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
8682 case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
8683 else if (((h->needs_plt && !hmips->no_fn_stub)
8684 || (h->type == STT_FUNC && hmips->has_static_relocs))
8685 && htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
8686 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
8687 && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
8688 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
8690 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, allocate room
8692 if (htab->splt->size == 0)
8694 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt->size == 0);
8696 /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
8697 entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
8698 Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
8699 lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
8700 if (!htab->is_vxworks
8701 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->splt, 5))
8704 /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
8705 for the same reason as above. */
8706 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sgotplt,
8707 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj)))
8710 htab->splt->size += htab->plt_header_size;
8712 /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
8714 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
8716 += get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->got_header_size;
8718 /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
8719 .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
8720 if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
8721 htab->srelplt2->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8724 /* Assign the next .plt entry to this symbol. */
8725 h->plt.offset = htab->splt->size;
8726 htab->splt->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
8728 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
8729 symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
8730 if (!info->shared && !h->def_regular)
8732 h->root.u.def.section = htab->splt;
8733 h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
8734 /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the
8735 lazy resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical
8736 function address. */
8737 if (htab->is_vxworks)
8738 h->root.u.def.value += 8;
8741 /* Make room for the .got.plt entry and the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
8743 htab->sgotplt->size += MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj);
8744 htab->srelplt->size += (htab->is_vxworks
8745 ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj)
8746 : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj));
8748 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
8749 if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
8750 htab->srelplt2->size += 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8752 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
8753 dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
8754 hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
8759 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
8760 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
8761 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
8762 if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
8764 BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
8765 || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
8766 h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
8767 h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
8771 /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
8772 in regular objects. */
8776 /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
8777 against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
8778 if (!hmips->has_static_relocs)
8781 /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
8782 some that we can't convert. */
8783 if (!htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs || info->shared)
8785 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
8786 "dynamic symbol %s"),
8787 h->root.root.string);
8788 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8792 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
8793 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
8794 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
8795 object will contain position independent code, so all references
8796 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
8797 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
8798 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
8799 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
8800 same memory location for the variable. */
8802 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
8804 if (htab->is_vxworks)
8805 htab->srelbss->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8807 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
8811 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
8812 dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
8813 hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
8815 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, htab->sdynbss);
8818 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
8819 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
8820 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
8823 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
8824 struct bfd_link_info *info)
8827 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8828 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti;
8830 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8831 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8833 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
8834 ri = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".reginfo");
8836 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, ri, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
8839 hti.output_bfd = output_bfd;
8841 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
8842 mips_elf_check_symbols, &hti);
8849 /* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
8852 mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
8856 struct mips_got_info *g;
8857 bfd_size_type loadable_size = 0;
8858 bfd_size_type page_gotno;
8860 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg count_tls_arg;
8861 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8863 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8864 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8870 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8873 /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
8874 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
8875 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno == 0);
8876 if (htab->is_vxworks)
8877 htab->reserved_gotno = 3;
8879 htab->reserved_gotno = 2;
8880 g->local_gotno += htab->reserved_gotno;
8881 g->assigned_gotno = htab->reserved_gotno;
8883 /* Replace entries for indirect and warning symbols with entries for
8884 the target symbol. */
8885 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g))
8888 /* Count the number of GOT symbols. */
8889 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_count_got_symbols, info);
8891 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
8892 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
8894 for (sub = info->input_bfds; sub; sub = sub->link_next)
8896 asection *subsection;
8898 for (subsection = sub->sections;
8900 subsection = subsection->next)
8902 if ((subsection->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
8904 loadable_size += ((subsection->size + 0xf)
8905 &~ (bfd_size_type) 0xf);
8909 if (htab->is_vxworks)
8910 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
8911 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
8912 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
8915 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
8916 sections. Is 5 enough? */
8917 page_gotno = (loadable_size >> 16) + 5;
8919 /* Choose the smaller of the two estimates; both are intended to be
8921 if (page_gotno > g->page_gotno)
8922 page_gotno = g->page_gotno;
8924 g->local_gotno += page_gotno;
8925 s->size += g->local_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
8926 s->size += g->global_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
8928 /* We need to calculate tls_gotno for global symbols at this point
8929 instead of building it up earlier, to avoid doublecounting
8930 entries for one global symbol from multiple input files. */
8931 count_tls_arg.info = info;
8932 count_tls_arg.needed = 0;
8933 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
8934 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries,
8936 g->tls_gotno += count_tls_arg.needed;
8937 s->size += g->tls_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
8939 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
8940 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
8942 if (htab->is_vxworks)
8944 /* VxWorks executables do not need a GOT. */
8947 /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
8950 count = g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno - htab->reserved_gotno;
8952 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, count);
8955 else if (s->size > MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info))
8957 if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd, info, s, page_gotno))
8962 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg arg;
8964 /* Set up TLS entries. */
8965 g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno;
8966 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, g);
8968 /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
8971 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs, &arg);
8972 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
8973 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs,
8976 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, arg.needed);
8982 /* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
8985 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
8987 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8988 bfd_size_type dynsymcount;
8990 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8991 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8993 if (htab->lazy_stub_count == 0)
8996 /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
8997 section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
8998 htab->lazy_stub_count++;
9000 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
9001 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
9002 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
9004 dynsymcount = (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
9005 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd, info));
9007 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. */
9008 htab->function_stub_size = (dynsymcount > 0x10000
9009 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9010 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE);
9012 htab->sstubs->size = htab->lazy_stub_count * htab->function_stub_size;
9015 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
9016 MIPS hash table. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub,
9017 allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
9020 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void **data)
9022 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9024 htab = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) data;
9025 if (h->needs_lazy_stub)
9027 h->root.root.u.def.section = htab->sstubs;
9028 h->root.root.u.def.value = htab->sstubs->size;
9029 h->root.plt.offset = htab->sstubs->size;
9030 htab->sstubs->size += htab->function_stub_size;
9035 /* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
9036 Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
9039 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info)
9041 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9043 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9044 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9046 if (htab->lazy_stub_count == 0)
9049 htab->sstubs->size = 0;
9050 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub, htab);
9051 htab->sstubs->size += htab->function_stub_size;
9052 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sstubs->size
9053 == htab->lazy_stub_count * htab->function_stub_size);
9056 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9059 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
9060 struct bfd_link_info *info)
9063 asection *s, *sreldyn;
9064 bfd_boolean reltext;
9065 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9067 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9068 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9069 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
9070 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
9072 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
9074 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9075 if (info->executable)
9077 s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
9078 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
9080 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd)) + 1;
9082 = (bfd_byte *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd);
9085 /* Create a symbol for the PLT, if we know that we are using it. */
9086 if (htab->splt && htab->splt->size > 0 && htab->root.hplt == NULL)
9088 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
9090 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
9092 h = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj, info, htab->splt,
9093 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
9094 htab->root.hplt = h;
9101 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9102 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
9104 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd, info);
9106 if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd, info))
9109 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info);
9111 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
9112 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
9115 for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
9119 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
9120 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
9121 name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s);
9123 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
9126 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rel"))
9130 const char *outname;
9133 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
9134 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
9135 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
9136 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
9137 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
9139 outname = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd,
9141 target = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, outname + 4);
9143 && (target->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
9144 && (target->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
9145 || strcmp (outname, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) == 0)
9148 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
9149 to copy relocs into the output file. */
9150 if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) != 0)
9153 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
9154 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
9155 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
9156 will move them around between input sections'
9157 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
9158 broken, so don't let it run. */
9159 info->combreloc = 0;
9162 else if (! info->shared
9163 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
9164 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rld_map"))
9166 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
9167 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
9168 s->size += MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE (output_bfd);
9170 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
9171 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".compact_rel"))
9172 s->size += mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size;
9173 else if (s == htab->splt)
9175 /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
9176 room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
9177 for CPUs without load interlocking. */
9178 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd)
9179 && ! htab->is_vxworks && s->size > 0)
9182 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".init")
9184 && s != htab->sgotplt
9185 && s != htab->sstubs
9186 && s != htab->sdynbss)
9188 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
9194 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
9198 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
9201 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
9202 s->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
9203 if (s->contents == NULL)
9205 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
9210 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
9212 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
9213 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
9214 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
9215 the .dynamic section. */
9217 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
9218 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
9219 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and some tools
9220 may only look at the first one they see. */
9222 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP, 0))
9225 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
9226 used by the debugger. */
9227 if (info->executable
9228 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
9229 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0))
9232 if (reltext && (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd) || htab->is_vxworks))
9233 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
9235 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
9237 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_TEXTREL, 0))
9240 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
9241 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
9242 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
9243 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
9244 info->flags &= ~DF_TEXTREL;
9247 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTGOT, 0))
9250 sreldyn = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
9251 if (htab->is_vxworks)
9253 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
9254 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
9255 if (sreldyn && sreldyn->size > 0)
9257 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELA, 0))
9260 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELASZ, 0))
9263 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELAENT, 0))
9269 if (sreldyn && sreldyn->size > 0)
9271 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_REL, 0))
9274 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELSZ, 0))
9277 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELENT, 0))
9281 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION, 0))
9284 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_FLAGS, 0))
9287 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS, 0))
9290 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO, 0))
9293 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, 0))
9296 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO, 0))
9299 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM, 0))
9302 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix5
9303 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO, 0))
9306 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix6
9307 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
9308 (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj)))
9309 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS, 0))
9312 if (htab->splt->size > 0)
9314 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTREL, 0))
9317 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_JMPREL, 0))
9320 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTRELSZ, 0))
9323 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT, 0))
9326 if (htab->is_vxworks
9327 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
9334 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
9335 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
9336 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
9337 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
9340 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
9341 bfd *input_bfd, Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
9342 asection **local_sections, Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
9344 unsigned int r_type, r_symndx;
9345 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
9348 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections))
9350 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
9351 if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type)
9352 || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL32
9353 || literal_reloc_p (r_type))
9355 rel->r_addend += _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
9356 rel->r_addend -= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd);
9359 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
9360 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
9362 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
9363 if (!info->relocatable)
9365 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
9366 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
9369 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
9370 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
9371 rel->r_addend += local_sections[r_symndx]->output_offset;
9375 /* Handle relocations against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
9376 or sections discarded by a linker script. We use this wrapper around
9377 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION to handle triplets of compound relocs
9378 on 64-bit ELF targets. In this case for any relocation handled, which
9379 always be the first in a triplet, the remaining two have to be processed
9380 together with the first, even if they are R_MIPS_NONE. It is the symbol
9381 index referred by the first reloc that applies to all the three and the
9382 remaining two never refer to an object symbol. And it is the final
9383 relocation (the last non-null one) that determines the output field of
9384 the whole relocation so retrieve the corresponding howto structure for
9385 the relocatable field to be cleared by RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION.
9387 Note that RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION is a macro that uses "continue"
9388 and therefore requires to be pasted in a loop. It also defines a block
9389 and does not protect any of its arguments, hence the extra brackets. */
9392 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (bfd *output_bfd,
9393 struct bfd_link_info *info,
9394 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
9395 Elf_Internal_Rela **rel,
9396 const Elf_Internal_Rela **relend,
9397 bfd_boolean rel_reloc,
9398 reloc_howto_type *howto,
9401 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
9402 int count = bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
9403 unsigned int r_type;
9406 for (i = count - 1; i > 0; i--)
9408 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, (*rel)[i].r_info);
9409 if (r_type != R_MIPS_NONE)
9411 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type, !rel_reloc);
9417 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
9418 (*rel), count, (*relend),
9419 howto, i, contents);
9424 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
9427 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
9428 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
9429 bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
9430 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
9431 asection **local_sections)
9433 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
9434 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
9436 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
9437 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
9439 bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
9440 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
9441 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; ++rel)
9445 reloc_howto_type *howto;
9446 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p;
9447 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
9449 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p = TRUE;
9450 unsigned int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
9452 unsigned long r_symndx;
9454 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
9455 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
9456 bfd_boolean rel_reloc;
9458 rel_reloc = (NEWABI_P (input_bfd)
9459 && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd, input_section,
9461 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
9462 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type, !rel_reloc);
9464 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, rel->r_info);
9465 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
9466 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections))
9468 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
9473 unsigned long extsymoff;
9476 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
9477 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
9478 h = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff];
9479 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
9480 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
9481 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
9484 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
9485 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
9486 sec = h->root.u.def.section;
9489 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
9491 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
9492 input_section, &rel, &relend,
9493 rel_reloc, howto, contents);
9497 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
9499 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
9500 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
9501 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
9502 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
9503 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
9504 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
9505 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, R_MIPS_32, FALSE);
9507 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
9509 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
9513 if (!use_saved_addend_p)
9515 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
9516 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
9517 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
9519 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd, input_section,
9522 rela_relocation_p = FALSE;
9523 addend = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd, rel,
9525 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type)
9526 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type)
9527 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel,
9530 if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd, rel, relend,
9534 name = h->root.root.string;
9536 name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
9537 local_syms + r_symndx,
9539 (*_bfd_error_handler)
9540 (_("%B: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s' for %s at 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
9541 input_bfd, input_section, name, howto->name,
9546 addend <<= howto->rightshift;
9549 addend = rel->r_addend;
9550 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
9551 local_syms, local_sections, rel);
9554 if (info->relocatable)
9556 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd)
9557 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
9560 if (!rela_relocation_p && rel->r_addend)
9562 addend += rel->r_addend;
9563 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type) || got16_reloc_p (r_type))
9564 addend = mips_elf_high (addend);
9565 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHER)
9566 addend = mips_elf_higher (addend);
9567 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHEST)
9568 addend = mips_elf_highest (addend);
9570 addend >>= howto->rightshift;
9572 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
9573 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
9574 source of the addend in the final link. */
9575 addend &= howto->src_mask;
9577 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
9578 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
9579 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
9580 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
9581 but for endianness. */
9587 if (addend & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
9589 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
9596 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
9597 do two separate stores. */
9598 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
9600 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
9602 low_bits = sign_bits;
9608 high_bits = sign_bits;
9610 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
9611 contents + rel->r_offset);
9612 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
9613 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
9617 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, addend,
9618 input_bfd, input_section,
9623 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
9627 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
9628 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
9629 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
9631 if (rel + 1 < relend
9632 && rel->r_offset == rel[1].r_offset
9633 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, rel[1].r_info) != R_MIPS_NONE)
9634 use_saved_addend_p = TRUE;
9636 use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
9638 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
9639 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd, input_bfd,
9640 input_section, info, rel,
9641 addend, howto, local_syms,
9642 local_sections, &value,
9643 &name, &cross_mode_jump_p,
9644 use_saved_addend_p))
9646 case bfd_reloc_continue:
9647 /* There's nothing to do. */
9650 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
9651 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
9652 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
9653 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
9654 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
9657 case bfd_reloc_notsupported:
9658 msg = _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
9659 info->callbacks->warning
9660 (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
9663 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
9664 if (use_saved_addend_p)
9665 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
9666 a given location. */
9670 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9672 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9673 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9674 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
9675 if (!htab->small_data_overflow_reported
9676 && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto->type)
9677 || literal_reloc_p (howto->type)))
9679 msg = _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
9680 " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
9682 htab->small_data_overflow_reported = TRUE;
9683 (*info->callbacks->einfo) ("%P: %s\n", msg);
9685 if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
9686 (info, NULL, name, howto->name, (bfd_vma) 0,
9687 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset)))
9695 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
9696 if (jal_reloc_p (howto->type))
9698 msg = _("JALX to a non-word-aligned address");
9699 info->callbacks->warning
9700 (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
9710 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
9711 until we reach the last one. */
9712 if (use_saved_addend_p)
9718 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
9719 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
9720 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
9721 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
9722 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
9723 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
9724 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
9725 only a 32-bit VMA. */
9731 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
9733 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
9740 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
9741 do two separate stores. */
9742 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
9744 /* Undo what we did above. */
9746 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
9748 low_bits = sign_bits;
9754 high_bits = sign_bits;
9756 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
9757 contents + rel->r_offset);
9758 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
9759 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
9763 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
9764 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, value,
9765 input_bfd, input_section,
9766 contents, cross_mode_jump_p))
9773 /* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
9774 in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
9777 mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot, void *data)
9779 struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti;
9780 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9781 struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub;
9784 bfd_vma offset, target, target_high, target_low;
9786 stub = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) *slot;
9787 hti = (struct mips_htab_traverse_info *) data;
9788 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (hti->info);
9789 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9791 /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
9792 s = stub->stub_section;
9796 loc = bfd_malloc (s->size);
9805 /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
9806 offset = stub->offset;
9808 /* Work out the target address. */
9809 target = mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub, &s);
9810 target += s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
9812 target_high = ((target + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
9813 target_low = (target & 0xffff);
9815 if (stub->stub_section != htab->strampoline)
9817 /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning
9818 of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
9819 memset (loc, 0, offset);
9821 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub->h->root.other))
9823 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
9824 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high),
9826 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
9827 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low),
9832 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI (target_high), loc);
9833 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU (target_low), loc + 4);
9838 /* This is trampoline. */
9840 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub->h->root.other))
9842 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
9843 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high), loc);
9844 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
9845 LA25_J_MICROMIPS (target), loc + 4);
9846 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
9847 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low), loc + 8);
9848 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, 0, loc + 12);
9852 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI (target_high), loc);
9853 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_J (target), loc + 4);
9854 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU (target_low), loc + 8);
9855 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, 0, loc + 12);
9861 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
9862 adjust it appropriately now. */
9865 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9866 const char *name, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
9868 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
9869 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
9870 static const char* const text_section_symbols[] = {
9873 "__dso_displacement",
9875 "__program_header_table",
9879 static const char* const data_section_symbols[] = {
9887 const char* const *p;
9890 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
9891 for (p = (i == 0) ? text_section_symbols : data_section_symbols;
9894 if (strcmp (*p, name) == 0)
9896 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
9898 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
9899 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
9901 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
9903 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
9905 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
9911 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9912 dynamic sections here. */
9915 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
9916 struct bfd_link_info *info,
9917 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
9918 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
9922 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
9925 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9926 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
9928 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9929 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9930 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
9931 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
9933 BFD_ASSERT (!htab->is_vxworks);
9935 if (h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE && hmips->no_fn_stub)
9937 /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
9939 bfd_vma header_address, plt_index, got_address;
9940 bfd_vma got_address_high, got_address_low, load;
9941 const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
9943 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
9944 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
9945 BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt != NULL);
9946 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= htab->splt->size);
9947 BFD_ASSERT (!h->def_regular);
9949 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
9950 header_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
9951 + htab->splt->output_offset);
9953 /* Calculate the index of the entry. */
9954 plt_index = ((h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size)
9955 / htab->plt_entry_size);
9957 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
9958 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
9959 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
9960 + (2 + plt_index) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
9961 got_address_high = ((got_address + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
9962 got_address_low = got_address & 0xffff;
9964 /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
9965 loc = (htab->sgotplt->contents
9966 + (2 + plt_index) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
9967 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
9968 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, header_address, loc);
9970 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, header_address, loc);
9972 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
9973 loc = htab->splt->contents + h->plt.offset;
9975 /* Pick the load opcode. */
9976 load = MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd);
9978 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
9979 plt_entry = mips_exec_plt_entry;
9980 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | got_address_high, loc);
9981 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | got_address_low | load, loc + 4);
9983 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd))
9985 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_low, loc + 8);
9986 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
9990 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 8);
9991 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_low, loc + 12);
9994 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
9995 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd, htab->srelplt,
9996 plt_index, h->dynindx,
9997 R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT, got_address);
9999 /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
10000 giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
10001 flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
10002 binary where pointer equality matters. */
10003 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
10004 if (h->pointer_equality_needed)
10005 sym->st_other = STO_MIPS_PLT;
10009 else if (h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
10011 /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
10012 bfd_byte stub[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE];
10014 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
10016 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
10018 BFD_ASSERT ((htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE)
10019 || (h->dynindx <= 0xffff));
10021 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
10022 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
10024 if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fffffff)
10027 /* Fill the stub. */
10029 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LW (output_bfd), stub + idx);
10031 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd), stub + idx);
10033 if (htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE)
10035 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LUI ((h->dynindx >> 16) & 0x7fff),
10039 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR, stub + idx);
10042 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10043 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10044 if (htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE)
10045 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_ORI (h->dynindx & 0xffff), stub + idx);
10046 else if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fff)
10047 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16U (h->dynindx & 0xffff), stub + idx);
10049 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd, h->dynindx),
10052 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= htab->sstubs->size);
10053 memcpy (htab->sstubs->contents + h->plt.offset,
10054 stub, htab->function_stub_size);
10056 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
10057 only for the referenced symbol. */
10058 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
10060 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
10061 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
10062 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
10063 sym->st_value = (htab->sstubs->output_section->vma
10064 + htab->sstubs->output_offset
10068 /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
10069 refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
10071 if (h->dynindx != -1 && hmips->fn_stub != NULL)
10073 BFD_ASSERT (hmips->need_fn_stub);
10074 sym->st_value = (hmips->fn_stub->output_section->vma
10075 + hmips->fn_stub->output_offset);
10076 sym->st_size = hmips->fn_stub->size;
10077 sym->st_other = ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym->st_other);
10080 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
10081 || h->forced_local);
10084 g = htab->got_info;
10085 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
10087 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
10088 the symbols that need them. */
10089 if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
10094 value = sym->st_value;
10095 offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, output_bfd, h,
10096 R_MIPS_GOT16, info);
10097 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, value, sgot->contents + offset);
10100 if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE && g->next && h->type != STT_TLS)
10102 struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
10108 e.abfd = output_bfd;
10113 for (g = g->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
10116 && (p = (struct mips_got_entry *) htab_find (g->got_entries,
10119 offset = p->gotidx;
10121 || (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
10123 && p->d.h->root.def_dynamic
10124 && !p->d.h->root.def_regular))
10126 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
10127 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
10128 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
10129 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
10130 appropriate addend. */
10131 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
10133 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
10134 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
10135 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_64);
10137 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_32);
10138 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
10141 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
10142 (output_bfd, info, rel,
10143 e.d.h, NULL, sym->st_value, &entry, sgot)))
10147 entry = sym->st_value;
10148 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, entry, sgot->contents + offset);
10153 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
10154 name = h->root.root.string;
10155 if (h == elf_hash_table (info)->hdynamic
10156 || h == elf_hash_table (info)->hgot)
10157 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
10158 else if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
10159 || strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
10161 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
10162 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10165 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
10167 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
10168 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10169 sym->st_value = elf_gp (output_bfd);
10171 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
10173 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
10174 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
10176 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10177 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
10179 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
10181 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
10183 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10184 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
10185 sym->st_value = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count;
10186 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
10188 else if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF && sym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS)
10190 if (h->type == STT_FUNC)
10191 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
10192 else if (h->type == STT_OBJECT)
10193 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
10197 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
10203 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
10204 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
10206 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
10207 symval = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
10208 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
10209 + h->root.u.def.value);
10210 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd, s, s->reloc_count++,
10211 h->dynindx, R_MIPS_COPY, symval);
10214 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
10215 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix6)
10216 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, name, sym);
10218 /* Keep dynamic MIPS16 symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker to
10219 treat MIPS16 symbols like any other. */
10220 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other))
10222 BFD_ASSERT (sym->st_value & 1);
10223 sym->st_other -= STO_MIPS16;
10229 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
10232 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
10233 struct bfd_link_info *info,
10234 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
10235 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
10239 struct mips_got_info *g;
10240 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10241 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
10243 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10244 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10245 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
10246 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
10248 if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
10251 bfd_vma plt_address, plt_index, got_address, got_offset, branch_offset;
10252 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
10253 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
10255 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
10256 BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt != NULL);
10257 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= htab->splt->size);
10259 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
10260 plt_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
10261 + htab->splt->output_offset
10264 /* Calculate the index of the entry. */
10265 plt_index = ((h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size)
10266 / htab->plt_entry_size);
10268 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
10269 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
10270 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
10273 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
10274 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
10275 got_offset = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, h);
10277 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
10278 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
10279 branch_offset = -(h->plt.offset / 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
10281 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
10282 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_address,
10283 htab->sgotplt->contents + plt_index * 4);
10285 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10286 loc = htab->splt->contents + h->plt.offset;
10290 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry;
10291 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc);
10292 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | plt_index, loc + 4);
10296 bfd_vma got_address_high, got_address_low;
10298 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry;
10299 got_address_high = ((got_address + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10300 got_address_low = got_address & 0xffff;
10302 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc);
10303 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | plt_index, loc + 4);
10304 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_high, loc + 8);
10305 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3] | got_address_low, loc + 12);
10306 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
10307 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
10308 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 24);
10309 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], loc + 28);
10311 loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
10312 + (plt_index * 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
10314 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
10315 rel.r_offset = got_address;
10316 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32);
10317 rel.r_addend = h->plt.offset;
10318 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10320 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
10321 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10322 rel.r_offset = plt_address + 8;
10323 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
10324 rel.r_addend = got_offset;
10325 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10327 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
10328 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10330 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
10331 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10334 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
10335 loc = htab->srelplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10336 rel.r_offset = got_address;
10337 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT);
10339 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10341 if (!h->def_regular)
10342 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
10345 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1 || h->forced_local);
10348 g = htab->got_info;
10349 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
10351 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
10352 if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
10355 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
10359 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
10360 offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, output_bfd, h,
10361 R_MIPS_GOT16, info);
10362 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, sym->st_value, sgot->contents + offset);
10364 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
10365 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
10366 loc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
10367 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
10368 + sgot->output_offset
10370 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_32);
10371 outrel.r_addend = 0;
10372 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj, &outrel, loc);
10375 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
10378 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
10380 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
10382 rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
10383 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
10384 + h->root.u.def.value);
10385 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_COPY);
10387 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel,
10388 htab->srelbss->contents
10389 + (htab->srelbss->reloc_count
10390 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)));
10391 ++htab->srelbss->reloc_count;
10394 /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */
10395 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
10396 sym->st_value &= ~1;
10401 /* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
10404 mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
10407 bfd_vma gotplt_value, gotplt_value_high, gotplt_value_low;
10408 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
10409 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10411 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10412 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10414 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
10415 plt_entry = mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry;
10416 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd))
10417 plt_entry = mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry;
10419 plt_entry = mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry;
10421 /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
10422 gotplt_value = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
10423 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset);
10424 gotplt_value_high = ((gotplt_value + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10425 gotplt_value_low = gotplt_value & 0xffff;
10427 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
10428 not be loaded in two instructions. */
10429 BFD_ASSERT ((gotplt_value & ~(bfd_vma) 0x7fffffff) == 0
10430 || ~(gotplt_value | 0x7fffffff) == 0);
10432 /* Install the PLT header. */
10433 loc = htab->splt->contents;
10434 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | gotplt_value_high, loc);
10435 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | gotplt_value_low, loc + 4);
10436 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | gotplt_value_low, loc + 8);
10437 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
10438 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
10439 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
10440 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 24);
10441 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], loc + 28);
10444 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
10445 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
10448 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
10450 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
10452 bfd_vma got_value, got_value_high, got_value_low, plt_address;
10453 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
10454 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10456 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10457 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10459 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry;
10461 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
10462 got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
10463 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset
10464 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
10466 got_value_high = ((got_value + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10467 got_value_low = got_value & 0xffff;
10469 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
10470 plt_address = htab->splt->output_section->vma + htab->splt->output_offset;
10472 /* Install the PLT header. */
10473 loc = htab->splt->contents;
10474 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | got_value_high, loc);
10475 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | got_value_low, loc + 4);
10476 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 8);
10477 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
10478 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
10479 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
10481 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
10482 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
10483 rela.r_offset = plt_address;
10484 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
10486 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
10487 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10489 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
10490 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
10491 rela.r_offset += 4;
10492 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
10493 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
10494 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10496 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
10497 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
10498 in which symbols were output. */
10499 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
10501 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
10503 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10504 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32);
10505 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10506 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10508 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10509 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
10510 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10511 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10513 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10514 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
10515 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10516 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10520 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
10523 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
10526 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10528 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10529 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10531 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
10532 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry); i++)
10533 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[i],
10534 htab->splt->contents + i * 4);
10537 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
10540 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
10541 struct bfd_link_info *info)
10546 struct mips_got_info *gg, *g;
10547 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10549 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10550 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10552 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
10554 sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
10557 gg = htab->got_info;
10559 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
10562 int dyn_to_skip = 0, dyn_skipped = 0;
10564 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
10565 BFD_ASSERT (gg != NULL);
10567 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, output_bfd);
10568 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
10570 for (b = sdyn->contents;
10571 b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
10572 b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
10574 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
10578 bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
10580 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
10581 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
10583 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
10589 dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj);
10593 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
10594 dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj);
10598 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
10600 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr);
10605 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
10608 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT:
10610 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
10613 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
10614 dyn.d_un.d_val = 1; /* XXX */
10617 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS:
10618 dyn.d_un.d_val = RHF_NOTPOT; /* XXX */
10621 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
10625 dyn.d_un.d_val = t;
10629 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
10631 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10634 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
10636 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10639 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
10640 s = output_bfd->sections;
10641 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
10642 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
10645 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
10646 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno;
10649 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
10650 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
10651 entry of the first external symbol that is not
10652 referenced within the same object. */
10653 dyn.d_un.d_val = bfd_count_sections (output_bfd) + 1;
10656 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
10657 if (gg->global_gotsym)
10659 dyn.d_un.d_val = gg->global_gotsym->dynindx;
10662 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
10663 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
10664 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
10666 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
10668 elemsize = MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd);
10669 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
10670 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
10672 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size / elemsize;
10675 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
10676 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno - htab->reserved_gotno;
10679 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
10681 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
10682 h = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol;
10685 dyn_to_skip = MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj);
10686 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10689 s = h->root.u.def.section;
10690 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = (s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset
10691 + h->root.u.def.value);
10695 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
10696 s = (bfd_get_section_by_name
10697 (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)));
10698 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
10702 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
10703 /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */
10705 dyn.d_un.d_val -= htab->srelplt->size;
10709 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
10710 if (htab->is_vxworks)
10711 dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_RELA;
10713 dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_REL;
10717 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
10718 dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->srelplt->size;
10722 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
10723 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = (htab->srelplt->output_section->vma
10724 + htab->srelplt->output_offset);
10728 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
10729 the dynamic tag. */
10730 if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL))
10732 dyn_to_skip = MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj);
10733 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10738 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
10739 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
10740 if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL))
10741 dyn.d_un.d_val &= ~DF_TEXTREL;
10743 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10747 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10748 if (htab->is_vxworks
10749 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
10754 if (swap_out_p || dyn_skipped)
10755 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
10756 (dynobj, &dyn, b - dyn_skipped);
10760 dyn_skipped += dyn_to_skip;
10765 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
10766 if (dyn_skipped > 0)
10767 memset (b - dyn_skipped, 0, dyn_skipped);
10770 if (sgot != NULL && sgot->size > 0
10771 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot->output_section))
10773 if (htab->is_vxworks)
10775 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
10776 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
10777 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
10778 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
10779 to the lazy resolution stub. */
10780 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd,
10781 sdyn->output_offset + sdyn->output_section->vma,
10783 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0,
10784 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
10785 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0,
10787 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
10791 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
10792 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
10793 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
10794 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents);
10795 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd),
10796 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
10799 elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
10800 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
10803 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
10804 if (gg != NULL && gg->next)
10806 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
10807 bfd_vma addend = 0;
10809 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
10810 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_REL32);
10812 for (g = gg->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
10814 bfd_vma got_index = g->next->local_gotno + g->next->global_gotno
10815 + g->next->tls_gotno;
10817 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents
10818 + got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
10819 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd),
10821 + got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
10823 if (! info->shared)
10826 while (got_index < g->assigned_gotno)
10828 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset
10829 = got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
10830 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
10831 (output_bfd, info, rel, NULL,
10832 bfd_abs_section_ptr,
10833 0, &addend, sgot)))
10835 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
10840 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
10841 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
10844 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
10847 bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
10849 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
10851 for (b = sdyn->contents;
10852 b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
10853 b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
10855 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
10858 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
10859 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
10861 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
10867 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
10868 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
10869 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
10870 are trailing null entries. */
10871 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
10872 dyn.d_un.d_val = (s->reloc_count
10873 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
10874 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)
10875 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
10876 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
10877 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
10878 elf_section_data (s->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_size
10883 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10888 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
10895 Elf32_compact_rel cpt;
10897 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
10899 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
10900 s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
10904 cpt.num = s->reloc_count;
10906 cpt.offset = (s->output_section->filepos
10907 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
10910 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd, &cpt,
10911 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel *)
10914 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
10915 if (htab->sstubs != NULL)
10917 file_ptr dummy_offset;
10919 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sstubs->size >= htab->function_stub_size);
10920 dummy_offset = htab->sstubs->size - htab->function_stub_size;
10921 memset (htab->sstubs->contents + dummy_offset, 0,
10922 htab->function_stub_size);
10927 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
10928 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
10929 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
10930 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
10931 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
10933 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
10935 && s->size > (bfd_vma)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd))
10937 reldyn_sorting_bfd = output_bfd;
10939 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
10940 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1,
10941 s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel),
10942 sort_dynamic_relocs_64);
10944 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1,
10945 s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel),
10946 sort_dynamic_relocs);
10951 if (htab->splt && htab->splt->size > 0)
10953 if (htab->is_vxworks)
10956 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd, info);
10958 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info);
10962 BFD_ASSERT (!info->shared);
10963 mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info);
10970 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
10973 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd *abfd)
10977 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd))
10980 case bfd_mach_mips3000:
10981 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1;
10984 case bfd_mach_mips3900:
10985 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1 | E_MIPS_MACH_3900;
10988 case bfd_mach_mips6000:
10989 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_2;
10992 case bfd_mach_mips4000:
10993 case bfd_mach_mips4300:
10994 case bfd_mach_mips4400:
10995 case bfd_mach_mips4600:
10996 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3;
10999 case bfd_mach_mips4010:
11000 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4010;
11003 case bfd_mach_mips4100:
11004 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4100;
11007 case bfd_mach_mips4111:
11008 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4111;
11011 case bfd_mach_mips4120:
11012 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4120;
11015 case bfd_mach_mips4650:
11016 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4650;
11019 case bfd_mach_mips5400:
11020 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5400;
11023 case bfd_mach_mips5500:
11024 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5500;
11027 case bfd_mach_mips5900:
11028 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_5900;
11031 case bfd_mach_mips9000:
11032 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_9000;
11035 case bfd_mach_mips5000:
11036 case bfd_mach_mips7000:
11037 case bfd_mach_mips8000:
11038 case bfd_mach_mips10000:
11039 case bfd_mach_mips12000:
11040 case bfd_mach_mips14000:
11041 case bfd_mach_mips16000:
11042 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4;
11045 case bfd_mach_mips5:
11046 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_5;
11049 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e:
11050 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E;
11053 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f:
11054 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F;
11057 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1:
11058 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_SB1;
11061 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a:
11062 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A;
11065 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon:
11066 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp:
11067 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON;
11070 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr:
11071 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_XLR;
11074 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2:
11075 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2;
11078 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32:
11079 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32;
11082 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64:
11083 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64;
11086 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2:
11087 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2;
11090 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2:
11091 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2;
11094 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
11095 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags |= val;
11100 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
11101 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
11102 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
11105 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd,
11106 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
11109 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
11113 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
11114 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
11115 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
11116 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == 0)
11117 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd);
11119 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
11120 info for each special section. */
11121 for (i = 1, hdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1;
11122 i < elf_numsections (abfd);
11125 switch ((*hdrpp)->sh_type)
11127 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM:
11128 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
11129 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
11131 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11134 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
11135 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
11136 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
11137 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
11138 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."));
11139 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
11140 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
11141 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11144 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
11145 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
11146 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
11147 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
11148 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"));
11149 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
11150 name + sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
11151 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
11152 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11155 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
11156 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
11158 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11159 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".liblist");
11161 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11164 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
11165 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
11166 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
11167 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
11168 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events"))
11169 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
11170 name + sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
11173 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
11174 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
11176 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
11178 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
11179 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11186 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
11190 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd,
11191 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
11196 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
11197 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
11198 if (s && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD))
11201 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
11202 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6
11203 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
11204 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)))
11207 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
11208 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5
11209 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic")
11210 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug"))
11213 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
11214 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
11215 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
11216 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"))
11222 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
11225 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
11226 struct bfd_link_info *info)
11229 struct elf_segment_map *m, **pm;
11232 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
11234 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
11235 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
11237 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
11238 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_REGINFO)
11243 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11247 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_REGINFO;
11249 m->sections[0] = s;
11251 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
11252 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
11254 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
11255 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
11263 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
11264 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
11265 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
11267 if (NEWABI_P (abfd)
11268 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
11269 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
11270 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
11272 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
11274 for (s = abfd->sections; s; s = s->next)
11275 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
11280 struct elf_segment_map *options_segment;
11282 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
11284 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
11285 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
11288 if (*pm == NULL || (*pm)->p_type != PT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
11290 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
11291 options_segment = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11292 options_segment->next = *pm;
11293 options_segment->p_type = PT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
11294 options_segment->p_flags = PF_R;
11295 options_segment->p_flags_valid = TRUE;
11296 options_segment->count = 1;
11297 options_segment->sections[0] = s;
11298 *pm = options_segment;
11304 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
11306 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
11307 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
11308 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp") == NULL
11309 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL
11310 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug") != NULL)
11312 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
11313 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_RTPROC)
11318 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11322 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_RTPROC;
11324 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
11329 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
11334 m->sections[0] = s;
11337 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
11338 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
11339 while (*pm != NULL && (*pm)->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC)
11349 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
11350 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
11352 for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; *pm != NULL;
11354 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC)
11357 if (m != NULL && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
11359 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
11360 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
11361 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
11362 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
11363 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
11365 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_W | PF_X;
11366 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
11369 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
11370 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
11371 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
11372 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
11373 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
11374 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
11375 which might move one of the other sections to a different
11376 PT_LOAD segment. */
11377 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
11380 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") == 0)
11382 static const char *sec_names[] =
11384 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
11388 struct elf_segment_map *n;
11390 low = ~(bfd_vma) 0;
11392 for (i = 0; i < sizeof sec_names / sizeof sec_names[0]; i++)
11394 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec_names[i]);
11395 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
11402 if (high < s->vma + sz)
11403 high = s->vma + sz;
11408 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
11409 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
11411 && s->vma + s->size <= high)
11414 amt = sizeof *n + (bfd_size_type) (c - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
11415 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11422 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
11424 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
11426 && s->vma + s->size <= high)
11428 n->sections[i] = s;
11437 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
11438 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
11440 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
11441 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
11442 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
11443 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
11444 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
11446 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
11447 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
11448 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
11449 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
11450 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
11453 If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
11454 with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
11456 && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
11457 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"))
11459 for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; *pm != NULL; pm = &(*pm)->next)
11460 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_NULL)
11464 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*m));
11468 m->p_type = PT_NULL;
11476 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
11480 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
11481 struct bfd_link_info *info,
11482 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
11483 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
11484 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
11486 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
11489 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info))
11491 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
11492 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
11496 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
11499 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
11502 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11503 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11504 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11505 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
11508 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
11509 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
11510 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
11511 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
11512 unsigned long r_symndx;
11513 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
11515 if (info->relocatable)
11518 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
11519 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
11520 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
11522 relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
11523 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
11524 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info))
11526 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
11527 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
11529 case R_MIPS_CALL16:
11530 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
11531 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
11532 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
11533 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
11534 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
11535 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
11536 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
11537 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
11538 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
11539 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
11540 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
11541 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
11542 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
11543 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
11544 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
11545 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
11546 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
11547 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
11548 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
11559 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
11560 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
11561 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
11562 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
11565 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
11566 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
11567 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
11569 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *dirmips, *indmips;
11571 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
11573 dirmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
11574 indmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
11575 /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
11576 definition will be against the target symbol. */
11577 if (indmips->has_static_relocs)
11578 dirmips->has_static_relocs = TRUE;
11580 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
11583 dirmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs += indmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
11584 if (indmips->readonly_reloc)
11585 dirmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
11586 if (indmips->no_fn_stub)
11587 dirmips->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
11588 if (indmips->fn_stub)
11590 dirmips->fn_stub = indmips->fn_stub;
11591 indmips->fn_stub = NULL;
11593 if (indmips->need_fn_stub)
11595 dirmips->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
11596 indmips->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
11598 if (indmips->call_stub)
11600 dirmips->call_stub = indmips->call_stub;
11601 indmips->call_stub = NULL;
11603 if (indmips->call_fp_stub)
11605 dirmips->call_fp_stub = indmips->call_fp_stub;
11606 indmips->call_fp_stub = NULL;
11608 if (indmips->global_got_area < dirmips->global_got_area)
11609 dirmips->global_got_area = indmips->global_got_area;
11610 if (indmips->global_got_area < GGA_NONE)
11611 indmips->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
11612 if (indmips->has_nonpic_branches)
11613 dirmips->has_nonpic_branches = TRUE;
11615 if (dirmips->tls_type == 0)
11616 dirmips->tls_type = indmips->tls_type;
11619 #define PDR_SIZE 32
11622 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd *abfd, struct elf_reloc_cookie *cookie,
11623 struct bfd_link_info *info)
11626 bfd_boolean ret = FALSE;
11627 unsigned char *tdata;
11630 o = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".pdr");
11635 if (o->size % PDR_SIZE != 0)
11637 if (o->output_section != NULL
11638 && bfd_is_abs_section (o->output_section))
11641 tdata = bfd_zmalloc (o->size / PDR_SIZE);
11645 cookie->rels = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
11646 info->keep_memory);
11653 cookie->rel = cookie->rels;
11654 cookie->relend = cookie->rels + o->reloc_count;
11656 for (i = 0, skip = 0; i < o->size / PDR_SIZE; i ++)
11658 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i * PDR_SIZE, cookie))
11667 mips_elf_section_data (o)->u.tdata = tdata;
11668 o->size -= skip * PDR_SIZE;
11674 if (! info->keep_memory)
11675 free (cookie->rels);
11681 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection *sec)
11683 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") == 0)
11689 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd *output_bfd,
11690 struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11691 asection *sec, bfd_byte *contents)
11693 bfd_byte *to, *from, *end;
11696 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") != 0)
11699 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata == NULL)
11703 end = contents + sec->size;
11704 for (from = contents, i = 0;
11706 from += PDR_SIZE, i++)
11708 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata)[i] == 1)
11711 memcpy (to, from, PDR_SIZE);
11714 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, sec->output_section, contents,
11715 sec->output_offset, sec->size);
11719 /* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them
11720 from output by default for clarity. */
11723 _bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
11725 return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd, sym->name);
11728 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
11729 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
11731 struct mips_elf_find_line
11733 struct ecoff_debug_info d;
11734 struct ecoff_find_line i;
11738 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd, asection *section,
11739 asymbol **symbols, bfd_vma offset,
11740 const char **filename_ptr,
11741 const char **functionname_ptr,
11742 unsigned int *line_ptr)
11746 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
11747 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
11751 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, dwarf_debug_sections,
11752 section, symbols, offset,
11753 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
11754 line_ptr, NULL, ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 8 : 0,
11755 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
11758 msec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug");
11761 flagword origflags;
11762 struct mips_elf_find_line *fi;
11763 const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const swap =
11764 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
11766 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
11767 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
11768 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
11769 origflags = msec->flags;
11770 if (elf_section_data (msec)->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
11771 msec->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
11773 fi = elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info;
11776 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size;
11779 struct fdr *fdr_ptr;
11780 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line);
11782 fi = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11785 msec->flags = origflags;
11789 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd, msec, &fi->d))
11791 msec->flags = origflags;
11795 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
11796 amt = fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * sizeof (struct fdr);
11797 fi->d.fdr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
11798 if (fi->d.fdr == NULL)
11800 msec->flags = origflags;
11803 external_fdr_size = swap->external_fdr_size;
11804 fdr_ptr = fi->d.fdr;
11805 fraw_src = (char *) fi->d.external_fdr;
11806 fraw_end = (fraw_src
11807 + fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * external_fdr_size);
11808 for (; fraw_src < fraw_end; fraw_src += external_fdr_size, fdr_ptr++)
11809 (*swap->swap_fdr_in) (abfd, fraw_src, fdr_ptr);
11811 elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info = fi;
11813 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
11814 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
11815 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
11816 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
11817 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
11818 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
11821 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd, section, offset, &fi->d, swap,
11822 &fi->i, filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
11825 msec->flags = origflags;
11829 msec->flags = origflags;
11832 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
11834 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
11835 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
11840 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
11841 const char **filename_ptr,
11842 const char **functionname_ptr,
11843 unsigned int *line_ptr)
11846 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
11847 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
11848 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
11853 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
11854 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
11855 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
11858 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd, sec_ptr section,
11859 const void *location,
11860 file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type count)
11862 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section->name))
11866 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
11868 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data);
11869 section->used_by_bfd = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11870 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
11873 c = mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata;
11876 c = bfd_zalloc (abfd, section->size);
11879 mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata = c;
11882 memcpy (c + offset, location, count);
11885 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset,
11889 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
11890 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
11893 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
11895 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
11896 struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
11898 bfd_boolean relocatable,
11901 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
11902 bfd *input_bfd = link_order->u.indirect.section->owner;
11903 asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
11906 long reloc_size = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd, input_section);
11907 arelent **reloc_vector = NULL;
11910 if (reloc_size < 0)
11913 reloc_vector = bfd_malloc (reloc_size);
11914 if (reloc_vector == NULL && reloc_size != 0)
11917 /* read in the section */
11918 sz = input_section->rawsize ? input_section->rawsize : input_section->size;
11919 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section, data, 0, sz))
11922 reloc_count = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd,
11926 if (reloc_count < 0)
11929 if (reloc_count > 0)
11934 bfd_vma gp = 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
11937 struct bfd_hash_entry *h;
11938 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *lh;
11939 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
11940 if (abfd && input_bfd
11941 && abfd->xvec == input_bfd->xvec)
11945 h = bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info->hash->table, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE);
11946 lh = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) h;
11953 case bfd_link_hash_undefined:
11954 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak:
11955 case bfd_link_hash_common:
11958 case bfd_link_hash_defined:
11959 case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
11961 gp = lh->u.def.value;
11963 case bfd_link_hash_indirect:
11964 case bfd_link_hash_warning:
11966 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
11968 case bfd_link_hash_new:
11977 for (parent = reloc_vector; *parent != NULL; parent++)
11979 char *error_message = NULL;
11980 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
11982 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
11983 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
11984 asymbol *sym = *(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr;
11986 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
11987 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
11988 to the generic handling. */
11990 && (*parent)->howto->special_function
11991 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc)
11992 r = _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd, sym, *parent,
11993 input_section, relocatable,
11996 r = bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd, *parent, data,
11998 relocatable ? abfd : NULL,
12003 asection *os = input_section->output_section;
12005 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
12006 os->orelocation[os->reloc_count] = *parent;
12010 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
12014 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
12015 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
12016 (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
12017 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address, TRUE)))
12020 case bfd_reloc_dangerous:
12021 BFD_ASSERT (error_message != NULL);
12022 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
12023 (link_info, error_message, input_bfd, input_section,
12024 (*parent)->address)))
12027 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
12028 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
12030 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
12031 (*parent)->howto->name, (*parent)->addend,
12032 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address)))
12035 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
12044 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
12045 free (reloc_vector);
12049 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
12050 free (reloc_vector);
12055 mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd,
12056 asection *sec, bfd_vma addr, int count)
12058 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
12059 unsigned int sec_shndx;
12060 bfd_byte *contents;
12061 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
12062 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
12063 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
12064 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
12065 struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes;
12066 struct elf_link_hash_entry **start_hashes;
12067 unsigned int symcount;
12069 sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
12070 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
12072 irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs;
12073 irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count;
12075 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
12076 memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count,
12077 (size_t) (sec->size - addr - count));
12078 sec->size -= count;
12080 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
12081 for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
12083 /* Get the new reloc address. */
12084 if (irel->r_offset > addr)
12085 irel->r_offset -= count;
12088 BFD_ASSERT (addr % 2 == 0);
12089 BFD_ASSERT (count % 2 == 0);
12091 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
12092 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
12093 isym = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
12094 for (isymend = isym + symtab_hdr->sh_info; isym < isymend; isym++)
12095 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx && isym->st_value > addr)
12096 isym->st_value -= count;
12098 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
12099 symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)
12100 - symtab_hdr->sh_info);
12101 sym_hashes = start_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
12102 end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount;
12104 for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++)
12106 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes;
12108 if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
12109 || sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
12110 && sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec)
12112 bfd_vma value = sym_hash->root.u.def.value;
12114 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash->other))
12115 value &= MINUS_TWO;
12117 sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count;
12125 /* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in
12126 opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */
12128 struct opcode_descriptor {
12129 unsigned long match;
12130 unsigned long mask;
12133 /* The $ra register aka $31. */
12137 /* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */
12139 #define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
12140 #define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f)
12142 /* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */
12144 #define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \
12145 ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17))
12148 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */
12150 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32[] = {
12151 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */
12152 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */
12153 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12156 static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32 =
12157 { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 };
12159 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32 =
12160 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 };
12162 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32 =
12163 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 };
12165 static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32 =
12166 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 };
12168 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16 =
12169 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 };
12171 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16 =
12172 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 };
12175 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */
12177 /* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the
12178 eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a
12179 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */
12181 #define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16)
12183 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32[] = {
12184 { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 },
12185 { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 },
12186 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12189 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32[] = {
12190 { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 },
12191 { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 },
12192 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12195 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32[] = {
12196 { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 },
12197 { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 },
12198 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12201 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16[] = {
12202 { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 },
12203 { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 },
12204 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12207 /* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */
12209 #define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0x17) + 2)
12210 #define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) \
12211 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 7)
12214 /* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
12216 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16 =
12217 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 };
12219 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32 =
12220 { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 };
12222 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32 =
12223 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 };
12225 static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32 =
12226 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 };
12228 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32 =
12229 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff };
12231 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
12233 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16[] = {
12234 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 },
12236 { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff },
12237 { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 },
12239 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 },
12240 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 },
12241 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 },
12242 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12245 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
12247 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32[] = {
12248 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 },
12250 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff },
12251 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 },
12252 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12256 /* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
12258 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16 =
12259 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 };
12261 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32 =
12262 { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 };
12264 static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16 =
12265 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 };
12267 #define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f)
12269 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
12271 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16[] = {
12272 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 },
12274 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 },
12275 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 },
12276 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 },
12277 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12281 /* LUI instruction. */
12283 static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn =
12284 { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 };
12287 /* ADDIU instruction. */
12289 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn =
12290 { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 };
12292 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn =
12293 { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 };
12295 #define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \
12296 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23)
12299 /* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */
12301 /* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves
12302 (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */
12303 #define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f)
12304 #define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
12306 #define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5)
12307 #define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) )
12309 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32[] = {
12310 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */
12311 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */
12312 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12315 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16 =
12316 { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 };
12319 /* NOP instructions. */
12321 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32 =
12322 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff };
12324 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16 =
12325 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff };
12328 /* Instruction match support. */
12330 #define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match)
12333 find_match (unsigned long opcode, const struct opcode_descriptor insn[])
12335 unsigned long indx;
12337 for (indx = 0; insn[indx].mask != 0; indx++)
12338 if (MATCH (opcode, insn[indx]))
12345 /* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */
12347 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then
12348 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
12349 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
12350 the second half of another instruction. */
12353 check_br16_dslot (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr)
12355 unsigned long opcode;
12358 opcode = bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr);
12359 if (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd32) != 0)
12360 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
12362 else if (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd16) != 0
12363 || find_match (opcode, ds_insns_16_bd16) >= 0)
12364 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
12367 /* No delay slot. */
12373 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then
12374 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
12375 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
12376 the second half of another instruction. */
12379 check_br32_dslot (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr)
12381 unsigned long opcode;
12384 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr);
12385 if (find_match (opcode, ds_insns_32_bd32) >= 0)
12386 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
12388 else if (find_match (opcode, ds_insns_32_bd16) >= 0)
12389 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
12392 /* No delay slot. */
12398 /* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot
12399 that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
12402 check_br16 (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr, unsigned long reg)
12404 unsigned long opcode;
12406 opcode = bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr);
12407 if (MATCH (opcode, b_insn_16)
12409 || (MATCH (opcode, jr_insn_16) && reg != JR16_REG (opcode))
12411 || (MATCH (opcode, bz_insn_16) && reg != BZ16_REG (opcode))
12412 /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */
12413 || (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd32)
12415 && reg != JR16_REG (opcode) && reg != RA))
12421 /* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG,
12422 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
12425 check_br32 (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr, unsigned long reg)
12427 unsigned long opcode;
12429 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr);
12430 if (MATCH (opcode, j_insn_32)
12432 || MATCH (opcode, bc_insn_32)
12433 /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */
12434 || (MATCH (opcode, jal_x_insn_32_bd32) && reg != RA)
12436 || (MATCH (opcode, bz_insn_32) && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode))
12437 /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */
12438 || (MATCH (opcode, bzal_insn_32)
12439 /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */
12440 && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode) && reg != RA)
12441 || ((MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_32) || MATCH (opcode, beq_insn_32))
12442 /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */
12443 && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode) && reg != OP32_TREG (opcode)))
12449 /* If the instruction encoding at PTR and relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS,
12450 IRELEND) at OFFSET indicate that there must be a compact branch there,
12451 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
12454 check_relocated_bzc (bfd *abfd, const bfd_byte *ptr, bfd_vma offset,
12455 const Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs,
12456 const Elf_Internal_Rela *irelend)
12458 const Elf_Internal_Rela *irel;
12459 unsigned long opcode;
12461 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr);
12462 if (find_match (opcode, bzc_insns_32) < 0)
12465 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
12466 if (irel->r_offset == offset
12467 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1)
12473 /* Bitsize checking. */
12474 #define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \
12475 (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \
12476 - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val))
12480 _bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
12481 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
12482 bfd_boolean *again)
12484 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
12485 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
12486 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
12487 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
12488 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
12490 /* Assume nothing changes. */
12493 /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
12494 this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
12497 if (link_info->relocatable
12498 || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
12499 || sec->reloc_count == 0
12500 || (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0)
12503 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
12505 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
12506 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
12507 (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
12508 link_info->keep_memory));
12509 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
12512 /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */
12513 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
12514 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
12516 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
12517 unsigned int r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
12518 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p;
12519 unsigned long opcode;
12525 /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where
12526 to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */
12530 /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore
12532 if (r_type != R_MICROMIPS_HI16
12533 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12534 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_26_S1)
12537 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
12538 if (contents == NULL)
12540 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
12541 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
12542 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
12543 /* Go get them off disk. */
12544 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
12547 ptr = contents + irel->r_offset;
12549 /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
12550 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
12552 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
12553 if (isymbuf == NULL)
12554 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
12555 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
12557 if (isymbuf == NULL)
12561 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
12562 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
12564 /* A local symbol. */
12565 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
12568 isym = isymbuf + r_symndx;
12569 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
12570 sym_sec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
12571 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
12572 sym_sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
12573 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
12574 sym_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
12576 sym_sec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
12577 symval = (isym->st_value
12578 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
12579 + sym_sec->output_offset);
12580 target_is_micromips_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym->st_other);
12584 unsigned long indx;
12585 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
12587 /* An external symbol. */
12588 indx = r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
12589 h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
12590 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
12592 if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
12593 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
12594 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
12595 symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the
12596 regular reloc processing. */
12599 symval = (h->root.u.def.value
12600 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
12601 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
12602 target_is_micromips_code_p = (!h->needs_plt
12603 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->other));
12607 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the
12608 section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol
12609 table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
12610 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
12611 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
12612 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
12613 the linker is run. */
12615 /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */
12616 if (irel->r_offset + 4 > sec->size)
12619 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr);
12621 /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the
12622 relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */
12624 - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset)
12627 /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation
12628 of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or
12629 R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is
12631 (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25))
12633 where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16
12634 location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured
12635 out the offset). */
12636 if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16 && MATCH (opcode, lui_insn))
12638 bfd_boolean bzc = FALSE;
12639 unsigned long nextopc;
12643 /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol
12645 if (irel > internal_relocs
12646 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[-1].r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
12647 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel[-1].r_info) == r_symndx)
12650 /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */
12651 if (irel + 1 >= irelend
12652 || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[1].r_info) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16
12653 || ELF32_R_SYM (irel[1].r_info) != r_symndx)
12656 /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */
12657 if (irel + 2 >= irelend
12658 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[2].r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
12659 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel[2].r_info) == r_symndx)
12662 /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot.
12663 We check whether what looks like a 16-bit branch or jump is
12664 actually an immediate argument to a compact branch, and let
12665 it through if so. */
12666 if (irel->r_offset >= 2
12667 && check_br16_dslot (abfd, ptr - 2)
12668 && !(irel->r_offset >= 4
12669 && (bzc = check_relocated_bzc (abfd,
12670 ptr - 4, irel->r_offset - 4,
12671 internal_relocs, irelend))))
12673 if (irel->r_offset >= 4
12675 && check_br32_dslot (abfd, ptr - 4))
12678 reg = OP32_SREG (opcode);
12680 /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with
12681 a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump
12682 must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address.
12683 Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */
12684 offset = irel[1].r_offset - irel[0].r_offset;
12685 switch (offset - 4)
12690 if (check_br16 (abfd, ptr + 4, reg))
12694 if (check_br32 (abfd, ptr + 4, reg))
12701 nextopc = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, contents + irel[1].r_offset);
12703 /* Give up unless the same register is used with both
12705 if (OP32_SREG (nextopc) != reg)
12708 /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc
12709 and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */
12710 pcrval = ((pcrval - offset + 3) | 3) ^ 3;
12712 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */
12713 if (IS_BITSIZE (symval, 16))
12715 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12716 irel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16);
12718 /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or
12719 source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0
12720 (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */
12721 nextopc &= ~0x001f0000;
12722 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (nextopc >> 16) & 0xffff,
12723 contents + irel[1].r_offset);
12726 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2.
12727 We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking
12728 the PC-relative distance. */
12729 else if (symval % 4 == 0
12730 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval + 4, 25)
12731 && MATCH (nextopc, addiu_insn)
12732 && OP32_TREG (nextopc) == OP32_SREG (nextopc)
12733 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc)))
12735 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12736 irel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2);
12738 /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */
12739 nextopc = (addiupc_insn.match
12740 | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc)));
12742 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd, nextopc,
12743 contents + irel[1].r_offset);
12746 /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */
12750 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12751 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MIPS_NONE);
12753 /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */
12758 /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros
12759 employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not
12760 always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere,
12761 but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */
12762 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12763 && irel->r_offset + 5 < sec->size
12764 && ((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rs_insns_32)) >= 0
12765 || (fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rt_insns_32)) >= 0)
12766 && MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 4), nop_insn_16))
12770 reg = OP32_SREG (opcode) ? OP32_SREG (opcode) : OP32_TREG (opcode);
12772 /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */
12773 opcode = (bzc_insns_32[fndopc].match
12774 | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg)
12775 | (opcode & 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */
12777 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd, opcode, ptr);
12779 /* Delete the 16-bit delay slot NOP: two bytes from
12780 irel->offset + 4. */
12785 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need
12786 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
12787 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12788 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval - 2, 11)
12789 && find_match (opcode, b_insns_32) >= 0)
12791 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12792 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1);
12794 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
12797 | (opcode & 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */
12800 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
12805 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need
12806 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
12807 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12808 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval - 2, 8)
12809 && (((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rs_insns_32)) >= 0
12810 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode)))
12811 || ((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rt_insns_32)) >= 0
12812 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode)))))
12816 reg = OP32_SREG (opcode) ? OP32_SREG (opcode) : OP32_TREG (opcode);
12818 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12819 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1);
12821 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
12823 (bz_insns_16[fndopc].match
12824 | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg)
12825 | (opcode & 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */
12828 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
12833 /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */
12834 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
12835 && target_is_micromips_code_p
12836 && irel->r_offset + 7 < sec->size
12837 && MATCH (opcode, jal_insn_32_bd32))
12839 unsigned long n32opc;
12840 bfd_boolean relaxed = FALSE;
12842 n32opc = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr + 4);
12844 if (MATCH (n32opc, nop_insn_32))
12846 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */
12847 bfd_put_16 (abfd, nop_insn_16.match, ptr + 4);
12851 else if (find_match (n32opc, move_insns_32) >= 0)
12853 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */
12855 (move_insn_16.match
12856 | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc))
12857 | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc))),
12862 /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit
12863 instructions will be handled here later. */
12867 /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS
12868 with 16-bit delay slot. */
12869 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd, jal_insn_32_bd16.match, ptr);
12871 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */
12879 /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */
12880 elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
12881 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
12882 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
12884 /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */
12885 if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec,
12886 irel->r_offset + deloff, delcnt))
12889 /* That will change things, so we should relax again.
12890 Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
12895 if (isymbuf != NULL
12896 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
12898 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
12902 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
12903 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
12907 if (contents != NULL
12908 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
12910 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
12914 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
12915 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
12919 if (internal_relocs != NULL
12920 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
12921 free (internal_relocs);
12926 if (isymbuf != NULL
12927 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
12929 if (contents != NULL
12930 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
12932 if (internal_relocs != NULL
12933 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
12934 free (internal_relocs);
12939 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
12941 struct bfd_link_hash_table *
12942 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
12944 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
12945 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table);
12947 ret = bfd_zmalloc (amt);
12951 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
12952 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
12953 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry),
12960 return &ret->root.root;
12963 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
12965 struct bfd_link_hash_table *
12966 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
12968 struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret;
12970 ret = _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd);
12973 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
12975 htab = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ret;
12976 htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = TRUE;
12977 htab->is_vxworks = TRUE;
12982 /* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
12983 and copy relocs. */
12986 _bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info)
12988 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = TRUE;
12991 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
12992 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
12993 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
12996 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
12999 struct bfd_link_order *p;
13000 asection *reginfo_sec, *mdebug_sec, *gptab_data_sec, *gptab_bss_sec;
13001 asection *rtproc_sec;
13002 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo;
13003 struct ecoff_debug_info debug;
13004 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti;
13005 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
13006 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap = bed->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
13007 HDRR *symhdr = &debug.symbolic_header;
13008 void *mdebug_handle = NULL;
13013 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
13015 static const char * const secname[] =
13017 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
13018 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
13020 static const int sc[] =
13022 scText, scInit, scFini, scData,
13023 scRData, scSData, scSBss, scBss
13026 /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
13028 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
13029 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
13031 if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd, info))
13034 /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
13036 hti.output_bfd = abfd;
13038 htab_traverse (htab->la25_stubs, mips_elf_create_la25_stub, &hti);
13042 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
13043 if (elf_gp (abfd) == 0)
13045 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
13047 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
13048 if (h != NULL && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
13049 elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.value
13050 + h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
13051 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
13052 else if (htab->is_vxworks
13053 && (h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash,
13054 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
13055 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE))
13056 && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
13057 elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
13058 + h->u.def.section->output_offset
13060 else if (info->relocatable)
13062 bfd_vma lo = MINUS_ONE;
13064 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
13065 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
13067 && (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_MIPS_GPREL))
13070 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
13071 elf_gp (abfd) = lo + ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info);
13075 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
13076 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
13077 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
13081 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
13083 reginfo_sec = NULL;
13085 gptab_data_sec = NULL;
13086 gptab_bss_sec = NULL;
13087 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
13089 if (strcmp (o->name, ".reginfo") == 0)
13091 memset (®info, 0, sizeof reginfo);
13093 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
13094 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
13095 the information together. */
13096 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
13098 asection *input_section;
13100 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
13103 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
13105 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
13110 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
13111 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
13113 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section,
13114 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
13117 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd, &ext, &sub);
13119 reginfo.ri_gprmask |= sub.ri_gprmask;
13120 reginfo.ri_cprmask[0] |= sub.ri_cprmask[0];
13121 reginfo.ri_cprmask[1] |= sub.ri_cprmask[1];
13122 reginfo.ri_cprmask[2] |= sub.ri_cprmask[2];
13123 reginfo.ri_cprmask[3] |= sub.ri_cprmask[3];
13125 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
13126 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
13127 finally written out. */
13129 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13130 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13131 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
13134 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
13135 BFD_ASSERT(o->size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
13137 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
13138 matters, but someday it might). */
13139 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
13144 if (strcmp (o->name, ".mdebug") == 0)
13146 struct extsym_info einfo;
13149 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
13150 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
13151 the information together. */
13152 symhdr->magic = swap->sym_magic;
13153 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
13154 symhdr->vstamp = 0;
13155 symhdr->ilineMax = 0;
13156 symhdr->cbLine = 0;
13157 symhdr->idnMax = 0;
13158 symhdr->ipdMax = 0;
13159 symhdr->isymMax = 0;
13160 symhdr->ioptMax = 0;
13161 symhdr->iauxMax = 0;
13162 symhdr->issMax = 0;
13163 symhdr->issExtMax = 0;
13164 symhdr->ifdMax = 0;
13166 symhdr->iextMax = 0;
13168 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
13169 debug_info structure. */
13171 debug.external_dnr = NULL;
13172 debug.external_pdr = NULL;
13173 debug.external_sym = NULL;
13174 debug.external_opt = NULL;
13175 debug.external_aux = NULL;
13177 debug.ssext = debug.ssext_end = NULL;
13178 debug.external_fdr = NULL;
13179 debug.external_rfd = NULL;
13180 debug.external_ext = debug.external_ext_end = NULL;
13182 mdebug_handle = bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd, &debug, swap, info);
13183 if (mdebug_handle == NULL)
13187 esym.cobol_main = 0;
13191 esym.asym.iss = issNil;
13192 esym.asym.st = stLocal;
13193 esym.asym.reserved = 0;
13194 esym.asym.index = indexNil;
13196 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (secname) / sizeof (secname[0]); i++)
13198 esym.asym.sc = sc[i];
13199 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, secname[i]);
13202 esym.asym.value = s->vma;
13203 last = s->vma + s->size;
13206 esym.asym.value = last;
13207 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd, &debug, swap,
13208 secname[i], &esym))
13212 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
13214 asection *input_section;
13216 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *input_swap;
13217 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug;
13221 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
13223 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
13228 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
13229 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
13231 if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd))
13233 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
13234 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
13235 want to deal with it. */
13239 input_swap = (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd)
13240 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap);
13242 BFD_ASSERT (p->size == input_section->size);
13244 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
13245 read in the debugging information and set up an
13246 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
13247 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd, input_section,
13251 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
13252 (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, input_bfd,
13253 &input_debug, input_swap, info)))
13256 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
13257 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
13258 the linker global hash table and save the information
13259 for the output external symbols. */
13260 eraw_src = input_debug.external_ext;
13261 eraw_end = (eraw_src
13262 + (input_debug.symbolic_header.iextMax
13263 * input_swap->external_ext_size));
13265 eraw_src < eraw_end;
13266 eraw_src += input_swap->external_ext_size)
13270 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
13272 (*input_swap->swap_ext_in) (input_bfd, eraw_src, &ext);
13273 if (ext.asym.sc == scNil
13274 || ext.asym.sc == scUndefined
13275 || ext.asym.sc == scSUndefined)
13278 name = input_debug.ssext + ext.asym.iss;
13279 h = mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
13280 name, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
13281 if (h == NULL || h->esym.ifd != -2)
13286 BFD_ASSERT (ext.ifd
13287 < input_debug.symbolic_header.ifdMax);
13288 ext.ifd = input_debug.ifdmap[ext.ifd];
13294 /* Free up the information we just read. */
13295 free (input_debug.line);
13296 free (input_debug.external_dnr);
13297 free (input_debug.external_pdr);
13298 free (input_debug.external_sym);
13299 free (input_debug.external_opt);
13300 free (input_debug.external_aux);
13301 free (input_debug.ss);
13302 free (input_debug.ssext);
13303 free (input_debug.external_fdr);
13304 free (input_debug.external_rfd);
13305 free (input_debug.external_ext);
13307 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13308 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13309 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
13312 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && info->shared)
13314 /* Create .rtproc section. */
13315 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rtproc");
13316 if (rtproc_sec == NULL)
13318 flagword flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
13319 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
13321 rtproc_sec = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
13324 if (rtproc_sec == NULL
13325 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, rtproc_sec, 4))
13329 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle, abfd,
13335 /* Build the external symbol information. */
13338 einfo.debug = &debug;
13340 einfo.failed = FALSE;
13341 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
13342 mips_elf_output_extsym, &einfo);
13346 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
13347 o->size = bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd, &debug, swap);
13349 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
13350 matters, but someday it might). */
13351 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
13356 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o->name, ".gptab."))
13358 const char *subname;
13361 Elf32_External_gptab *ext_tab;
13364 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
13365 information describing how the small data area would
13366 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
13367 not used in executables files. */
13368 if (! info->relocatable)
13370 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
13372 asection *input_section;
13374 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
13376 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
13381 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
13383 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13384 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13385 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
13388 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
13389 currently matters, but someday it might). */
13390 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
13392 /* Really remove the section. */
13393 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, o);
13394 --abfd->section_count;
13399 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
13400 uninitialized data. */
13401 if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
13402 gptab_data_sec = o;
13403 else if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
13407 (*_bfd_error_handler)
13408 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
13409 bfd_get_filename (abfd), o->name);
13410 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
13414 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
13415 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
13416 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
13417 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
13418 case we must change the name of the output section. */
13419 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
13420 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) == NULL)
13422 if (o == gptab_data_sec)
13423 o->name = ".gptab.data";
13425 o->name = ".gptab.bss";
13426 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
13427 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) != NULL);
13430 /* Set up the first entry. */
13432 amt = c * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
13433 tab = bfd_malloc (amt);
13436 tab[0].gt_header.gt_current_g_value = elf_gp_size (abfd);
13437 tab[0].gt_header.gt_unused = 0;
13439 /* Combine the input sections. */
13440 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
13442 asection *input_section;
13444 bfd_size_type size;
13445 unsigned long last;
13446 bfd_size_type gpentry;
13448 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
13450 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
13455 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
13456 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
13458 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
13459 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
13460 sorted by ascending -G value. */
13461 size = input_section->size;
13463 for (gpentry = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
13465 gpentry += sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))
13467 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab;
13468 Elf32_gptab int_gptab;
13474 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
13475 (input_bfd, input_section, &ext_gptab, gpentry,
13476 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))))
13482 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd, &ext_gptab,
13484 val = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_g_value;
13485 add = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes - last;
13488 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
13490 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value >= val)
13491 tab[look].gt_entry.gt_bytes += add;
13493 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value == val)
13499 Elf32_gptab *new_tab;
13502 /* We need a new table entry. */
13503 amt = (bfd_size_type) (c + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
13504 new_tab = bfd_realloc (tab, amt);
13505 if (new_tab == NULL)
13511 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_g_value = val;
13512 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes = add;
13514 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
13515 value, since that will be implied by this new
13518 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
13520 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value < val
13522 || (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value
13523 > tab[max].gt_entry.gt_g_value)))
13527 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes +=
13528 tab[max].gt_entry.gt_bytes;
13533 last = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes;
13536 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13537 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13538 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
13541 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
13543 qsort (tab + 1, c - 1, sizeof (tab[0]), gptab_compare);
13545 /* Swap out the table. */
13546 amt = (bfd_size_type) c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
13547 ext_tab = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
13548 if (ext_tab == NULL)
13554 for (j = 0; j < c; j++)
13555 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd, tab + j, ext_tab + j);
13558 o->size = c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
13559 o->contents = (bfd_byte *) ext_tab;
13561 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
13562 matters, but someday it might). */
13563 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
13567 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
13568 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd, info))
13571 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
13573 if (reginfo_sec != NULL)
13575 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
13577 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd, ®info, &ext);
13578 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, reginfo_sec, &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
13582 if (mdebug_sec != NULL)
13584 BFD_ASSERT (abfd->output_has_begun);
13585 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug,
13587 mdebug_sec->filepos))
13590 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, info);
13593 if (gptab_data_sec != NULL)
13595 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_data_sec,
13596 gptab_data_sec->contents,
13597 0, gptab_data_sec->size))
13601 if (gptab_bss_sec != NULL)
13603 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_bss_sec,
13604 gptab_bss_sec->contents,
13605 0, gptab_bss_sec->size))
13609 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
13611 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
13612 if (rtproc_sec != NULL)
13614 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, rtproc_sec,
13615 rtproc_sec->contents,
13616 0, rtproc_sec->size))
13624 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
13626 struct mips_mach_extension {
13627 unsigned long extension, base;
13631 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
13632 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
13634 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions[] = {
13635 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
13636 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon2, bfd_mach_mips_octeonp },
13637 { bfd_mach_mips_octeonp, bfd_mach_mips_octeon },
13638 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2 },
13640 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
13641 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
13642 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
13643 { bfd_mach_mips_xlr, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
13644 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
13646 /* MIPS V extensions. */
13647 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64, bfd_mach_mips5 },
13649 /* R10000 extensions. */
13650 { bfd_mach_mips12000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
13651 { bfd_mach_mips14000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
13652 { bfd_mach_mips16000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
13654 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
13655 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
13656 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
13657 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
13658 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
13659 { bfd_mach_mips5500, bfd_mach_mips5400 },
13660 { bfd_mach_mips5400, bfd_mach_mips5000 },
13662 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
13663 { bfd_mach_mips5, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
13664 { bfd_mach_mips10000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
13665 { bfd_mach_mips5000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
13666 { bfd_mach_mips7000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
13667 { bfd_mach_mips9000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
13669 /* VR4100 extensions. */
13670 { bfd_mach_mips4120, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
13671 { bfd_mach_mips4111, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
13673 /* MIPS III extensions. */
13674 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13675 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13676 { bfd_mach_mips8000, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13677 { bfd_mach_mips4650, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13678 { bfd_mach_mips4600, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13679 { bfd_mach_mips4400, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13680 { bfd_mach_mips4300, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13681 { bfd_mach_mips4100, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13682 { bfd_mach_mips4010, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13683 { bfd_mach_mips5900, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13685 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
13686 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa32 },
13688 /* MIPS II extensions. */
13689 { bfd_mach_mips4000, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
13690 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
13692 /* MIPS I extensions. */
13693 { bfd_mach_mips6000, bfd_mach_mips3000 },
13694 { bfd_mach_mips3900, bfd_mach_mips3000 }
13698 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
13701 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base, unsigned long extension)
13705 if (extension == base)
13708 if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32
13709 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64, extension))
13712 if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
13713 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, extension))
13716 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions); i++)
13717 if (extension == mips_mach_extensions[i].extension)
13719 extension = mips_mach_extensions[i].base;
13720 if (extension == base)
13728 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
13731 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags)
13733 return ((flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE) != 0
13734 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
13735 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
13736 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
13737 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
13738 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
13739 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2);
13743 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
13744 there are conflicting attributes. */
13746 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
13748 obj_attribute *in_attr;
13749 obj_attribute *out_attr;
13752 abi_fp_bfd = mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_fp_bfd;
13753 in_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
13754 if (!abi_fp_bfd && in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i != 0)
13755 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_fp_bfd = ibfd;
13757 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i)
13759 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
13760 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
13762 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
13764 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i = 1;
13769 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
13770 non-conflicting ones. */
13771 out_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
13772 if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i != out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13774 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].type = 1;
13775 if (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i == 0)
13776 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
13777 else if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i != 0)
13778 switch (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13781 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13785 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13786 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, "-mdouble-float", "-msingle-float");
13791 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13792 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, "-mhard-float", "-msoft-float");
13797 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13798 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13799 "-mdouble-float", "-mips32r2 -mfp64");
13804 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
13805 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13806 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13807 "-mdouble-float", in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i);
13813 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13817 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13818 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, "-msingle-float", "-mdouble-float");
13823 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13824 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, "-mhard-float", "-msoft-float");
13829 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13830 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13831 "-msingle-float", "-mips32r2 -mfp64");
13836 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
13837 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13838 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13839 "-msingle-float", in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i);
13845 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13851 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13852 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, "-msoft-float", "-mhard-float");
13857 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
13858 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13859 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13860 "-msoft-float", in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i);
13866 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13870 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13871 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13872 "-mips32r2 -mfp64", "-mdouble-float");
13877 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13878 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13879 "-mips32r2 -mfp64", "-msingle-float");
13884 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13885 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, "-mhard-float", "-msoft-float");
13890 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
13891 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13892 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13893 "-mips32r2 -mfp64", in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i);
13899 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13903 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13904 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13905 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13906 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i, "-mdouble-float");
13911 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13912 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13913 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13914 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i, "-msingle-float");
13919 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13920 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13921 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13922 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i, "-msoft-float");
13927 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13928 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13929 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13930 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i, "-mips32r2 -mfp64");
13935 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13936 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13937 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13938 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i,
13939 in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i);
13946 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
13947 _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
13952 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
13953 object file when linking. */
13956 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
13958 flagword old_flags;
13959 flagword new_flags;
13961 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd = TRUE;
13964 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
13965 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, obfd))
13967 (*_bfd_error_handler)
13968 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
13973 if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd) || !is_mips_elf (obfd))
13976 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd), bfd_get_target (obfd)) != 0)
13978 (*_bfd_error_handler)
13979 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
13984 if (!mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd))
13987 new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
13988 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
13989 old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
13991 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
13993 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
13994 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags;
13995 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
13996 = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS];
13998 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd)
13999 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd)->the_default
14000 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd),
14001 bfd_get_mach (ibfd))))
14003 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_get_arch (ibfd),
14004 bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
14011 /* Check flag compatibility. */
14013 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
14014 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
14016 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
14017 doesn't seem to matter. */
14018 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
14019 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
14021 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
14022 just be able to ignore this. */
14023 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
14024 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
14026 /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
14027 if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
14028 new_flags |= EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC;
14030 if (new_flags == old_flags)
14033 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
14034 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
14035 actually cause any incompatibility. */
14036 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
14038 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
14039 which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
14040 (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
14041 not affect compatibility. */
14042 if ((sec->flags & SEC_IS_COMMON) == 0
14043 && strcmp (sec->name, ".reginfo")
14044 && strcmp (sec->name, ".mdebug")
14046 || (strcmp (sec->name, ".text")
14047 && strcmp (sec->name, ".data")
14048 && strcmp (sec->name, ".bss"))))
14050 null_input_bfd = FALSE;
14054 if (null_input_bfd)
14059 if (((new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0)
14060 != ((old_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0))
14062 (*_bfd_error_handler)
14063 (_("%B: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
14068 if (new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC))
14069 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_MIPS_CPIC;
14070 if (! (new_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC))
14071 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_PIC;
14073 new_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
14074 old_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
14076 /* Compare the ISAs. */
14077 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags))
14079 (*_bfd_error_handler)
14080 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
14084 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd), bfd_get_mach (obfd)))
14086 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
14087 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd), bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
14089 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
14090 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
14091 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
14092 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd));
14093 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
14094 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
14095 |= new_flags & (EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
14097 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
14098 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
14099 if ((old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == 0
14100 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags)
14101 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags & ~EF_MIPS_ABI))
14102 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI;
14106 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
14107 (*_bfd_error_handler)
14108 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
14110 bfd_printable_name (ibfd),
14111 bfd_printable_name (obfd));
14116 new_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
14117 old_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
14119 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
14120 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
14121 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
14122 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
14123 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
14125 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
14126 if (((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) && (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
14127 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
14128 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
14130 (*_bfd_error_handler)
14131 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
14133 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd),
14134 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd));
14137 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
14138 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
14141 /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
14142 and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */
14143 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE))
14145 int old_micro = old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS;
14146 int new_micro = new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS;
14147 int old_m16 = old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16;
14148 int new_m16 = new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16;
14149 int micro_mis = old_m16 && new_micro;
14150 int m16_mis = old_micro && new_m16;
14152 if (m16_mis || micro_mis)
14154 (*_bfd_error_handler)
14155 (_("%B: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
14157 m16_mis ? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
14158 m16_mis ? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
14162 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
14164 new_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
14165 old_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
14168 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
14169 if (new_flags != old_flags)
14171 (*_bfd_error_handler)
14172 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
14173 ibfd, (unsigned long) new_flags,
14174 (unsigned long) old_flags);
14180 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
14187 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
14190 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
14192 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
14193 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
14195 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
14196 elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
14201 _bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag)
14205 default: return "";
14206 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
14207 return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
14208 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
14209 return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
14210 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
14211 return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
14212 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
14213 return "MIPS_IVERSION";
14214 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS:
14215 return "MIPS_FLAGS";
14216 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
14217 return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
14219 return "MIPS_MSYM";
14220 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
14221 return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
14222 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
14223 return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
14224 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
14225 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
14226 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO:
14227 return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
14228 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO:
14229 return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
14230 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
14231 return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
14232 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
14233 return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
14234 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
14235 return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
14236 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
14237 return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
14238 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
14239 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
14240 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS:
14241 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
14242 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO:
14243 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
14244 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE:
14245 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
14246 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO:
14247 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
14248 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC:
14249 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
14250 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO:
14251 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
14252 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM:
14253 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
14254 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO:
14255 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
14256 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM:
14257 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
14258 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO:
14259 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
14260 case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS:
14261 return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
14262 case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT:
14263 return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
14264 case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
14265 return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
14266 case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX:
14267 return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
14268 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX:
14269 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
14270 case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX:
14271 return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
14272 case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX:
14273 return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
14274 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
14275 return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
14276 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE:
14277 return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
14278 case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN:
14279 return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
14280 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE:
14281 return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
14282 case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR:
14283 return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
14284 case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX:
14285 return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
14286 case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE:
14287 return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
14288 case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE:
14289 return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
14290 case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC:
14291 return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
14292 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT:
14293 return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
14294 case DT_MIPS_RWPLT:
14295 return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
14300 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *ptr)
14304 BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL);
14306 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
14307 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr);
14309 /* xgettext:c-format */
14310 fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags);
14312 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
14313 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O32]"));
14314 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64)
14315 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O64]"));
14316 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32)
14317 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
14318 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
14319 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
14320 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
14321 fprintf (file, _(" [abi unknown]"));
14322 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
14323 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=N32]"));
14324 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
14325 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=64]"));
14327 fprintf (file, _(" [no abi set]"));
14329 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1)
14330 fprintf (file, " [mips1]");
14331 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2)
14332 fprintf (file, " [mips2]");
14333 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3)
14334 fprintf (file, " [mips3]");
14335 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4)
14336 fprintf (file, " [mips4]");
14337 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5)
14338 fprintf (file, " [mips5]");
14339 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32)
14340 fprintf (file, " [mips32]");
14341 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64)
14342 fprintf (file, " [mips64]");
14343 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2)
14344 fprintf (file, " [mips32r2]");
14345 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2)
14346 fprintf (file, " [mips64r2]");
14348 fprintf (file, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
14350 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX)
14351 fprintf (file, " [mdmx]");
14353 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16)
14354 fprintf (file, " [mips16]");
14356 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS)
14357 fprintf (file, " [micromips]");
14359 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE)
14360 fprintf (file, " [32bitmode]");
14362 fprintf (file, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
14364 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER)
14365 fprintf (file, " [noreorder]");
14367 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC)
14368 fprintf (file, " [PIC]");
14370 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_CPIC)
14371 fprintf (file, " [CPIC]");
14373 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_XGOT)
14374 fprintf (file, " [XGOT]");
14376 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_UCODE)
14377 fprintf (file, " [UCODE]");
14379 fputc ('\n', file);
14384 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections[] =
14386 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
14387 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
14388 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG, 0 },
14389 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
14390 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
14391 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE, 0 },
14392 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
14395 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
14396 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
14397 definiton of the symbol. */
14399 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
14400 const Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
14401 bfd_boolean definition,
14402 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
14404 if ((isym->st_other & ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
14406 unsigned char other;
14408 other = (definition ? isym->st_other : h->other);
14409 other &= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
14410 h->other = other | ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other);
14414 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym->st_other))
14415 h->other |= STO_OPTIONAL;
14418 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
14419 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
14421 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
14423 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->other) ? TRUE : FALSE;
14427 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
14429 return (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
14430 || sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
14431 || sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON);
14434 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
14435 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
14438 _bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
14439 const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
14442 + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry)
14443 + i * 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry));
14447 _bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
14449 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
14450 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
14452 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
14455 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (link_info);
14456 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
14458 if (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs && !htab->is_vxworks)
14459 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION] = 1;